OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K405, 1995-06-23
OIL & GAS FIELD SERVICES, NEC
Previous: NATIONSBANK CORP, 424B2, 1995-06-23
Next: OGLEBAY NORTON CO, 11-K, 1995-06-23



                                      FORM 10-K

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                Washington, D.C. 20549

     [X]           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                  THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                       For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995

                                          OR

     [ ]          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
               OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

               For the transition period from __________ to __________

                            Commission file number 1-10945

                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

     Delaware                                                         95-2628227
     (State or other jurisdiction                               (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

                           16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 600
                                Houston, Texas   77084
            (Address of principal executive offices)           (Zip Code)
         Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (713) 578-8868

             Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                           Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                                     on which registered

     Common Stock, $0.25 par value                       New York Stock Exchange


             Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                         None

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure  of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
     405 of Regulation  S-K is not contained herein, and  will not be contained,
     to the best  of registrant's knowledge, in definitive  proxy or information
     statements incorporated by  reference in Part III of this  Form 10-K or any
     amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
     required to be filed by Section 13 or  15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
     registrant was required to file such  reports), and (2) has been subject to
     such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X , No   .

     Aggregate market  value of the voting  stock held by non-affiliates  of the
     registrant at June 1, 1995, based upon the closing sale price of the Common
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange                           $217,725,000
     Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at June 1, 1995   23,060,024


                         Documents Incorporated by Reference:

     Portions of  the proxy statement to  be filed on  or before July  31, 1995,
     pursuant to  Regulation 14A of the  Securities and Exchange Act  of 1934 to
     the extent set forth in Part III, Items 10-13 of this report.

                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                              Annual Report on Form 10-K



                                        INDEX



     PART I
               Item 1    Business
               Item 2    Properties
               Item 3    Legal Proceedings
               Item 4    Submission of Matters to a
                         Vote of Security Holders
               Item 4a   Executive Officers of the Registrant

     PART II
               Item 5    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity
                         and Related Shareholder Matters
               Item 6    Selected Financial Data
               Item 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                         Financial Condition and Results of Operations
             * Item 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
               Item 9    Changes in and Disagreements with
                         Accountants on Accounting and Financial
                         Disclosure

     PART III
               Item 10   Directors and Executive Officers
                         of the Registrant
               Item 11   Executive Compensation
               Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                         Owners and Management
               Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     PART IV
               Item 14   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
                         and Reports on Form 8-K


     SIGNATURES

     INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


     *  Refers the reader to Part IV, Item 14.


                                        PART I

     Item 1.  BUSINESS.

     General Development of Business

     Oceaneering   International,  Inc.,   (together   with  its   subsidiaries,
     "Oceaneering" or the  "Company") is an advanced  applied technology company
     which provides engineered services and hardware to customers who operate in
     marine,  space  and  other  harsh environments.    The  Company  supplies a
     comprehensive range  of integrated  technical services to  a wide  array of
     industries  and  is  one  of   the  world's  largest  underwater   services
     contractors.  Principal  services are provided to the  oil and gas industry
     and  include drilling  support,  subsea  construction, production  systems,
     facilities maintenance  and repair, survey and  positioning and specialized
     onshore and offshore engineering and inspection.  Oceaneering was organized
     in 1969 out of the combination of three diving service companies founded in
     the early 1960s.   Since its establishment, the Company has concentrated on
     the development and  marketing of underwater services requiring  the use of
     advanced  deepwater technology.   The  Company conducts  operations in  the
     United  States  and  28  other  countries.    The  Company's  international
     operations, principally in the  North Sea, Far East, Africa  and the Middle
     East, accounted for approximately 51% of  its 1995 fiscal year revenues, or
     $122,000,000.

     In January 1990, the Company acquired all of the outstanding  capital stock
     of  Sonsub Limited, a  United Kingdom  company ("Sonsub"),  whose principal
     assets  were ten large and four  small Remotely Operated Vehicles ("ROVs").
     ROVs are unmanned  submersible vehicles operated from the  surface that are
     used widely in the offshore oil and gas industry.

     In December 1990, the Company was awarded a contract by a major oil company
     to provide  and  maintain a  Floating  Production, Storage  and  Offloading
     ("FPSO") system offshore  Gabon.  This represented the  first major project
     for the  Company's Offshore Production  Systems division ("OPS")  which was
     formed to develop economical production  alternatives for offshore oil  and
     gas fields.   A  78,000  deadweight ton  ("dwt") tanker  was purchased  and
     converted into  an FPSO  for this  project and was  delivered to  its first
     location in  December  1991.   The  unit is  currently  operating  offshore
     Angola.  See  Item 7 - "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations."

     In  August  1992,  the   Company  acquired  Eastport  International,  Inc.,
     ("Eastport"),  a  designer,  developer  and operator  of  advanced  robotic
     systems and ROVs specializing in the non-oilfield market, in a  transaction
     accounted for as a pooling of  interests.  All financial information herein
     has  been restated  to  include  the results  of  Eastport from  Eastport's
     inception (June  21, 1989).   Eastport's assets  included two ROVs,  one of
     which is rated for water depths to 25,000 feet, a deep tow sonar system and
     two other work ROVs.

     In May  1993, the Company  purchased the business  and assets of  the Space
     Systems Division of ILC  Dover, Inc., ("ILC") which were  consolidated with
     the Company's Oceaneering  Space Systems division.  This  business designs,
     develops and fabricates spacecraft hardware and high temperature insulation
     products.

     In  July  1993, the  Company purchased  Oil  Industry Engineering,  Inc., a
     designer and  fabricator of subsea  control systems, which  now operates as
     the  Oceaneering Intervention Engineering division ("OIE").  In March 1994,
     the Company purchased the operating subsidiaries of Multiflex International
     Inc., a manufacturer of subsea control umbilical cables, which now operates
     as the  Oceaneering Multiflex  division ("Multiflex").   Together with  the
     Company's existing Offshore Production Systems division, these acquisitions
     form the  basis of the Company's continuing expansion in the Offshore Field
     Development business. 

     The Company intends  to pursue  a strategy of  acquiring, as  opportunities
     arise,  additional assets  or businesses,  either directly  through merger,
     consolidation,  or purchase  or  indirectly through  joint  ventures.   The
     Company is  also applying its skills  and technology in  further developing
     business unrelated to the  oil and gas industry and performing services for
     the  United  States and  foreign  governments  and the  telecommunications,
     aerospace, insurance, marine and environmental remediation industries.
     Financial Information About Industry Segments

     The  table containing  revenues, operating  income  and assets  by business
     segment  for the  fiscal  years ended  March  31, 1995,  1994  and 1993  is
     incorporated herein by  reference from Note 6 of  the Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

     Description of Business

     OILFIELD MARINE SERVICES

     The  Company's Oilfield  Marine  Services business  consists of  underwater
     construction,  underwater   and  above-water  inspection   and  maintenance
     (including  repair) and  survey.   All  of  these  services are  frequently
     provided to customers on an integrated basis.

     Underwater Construction, Maintenance and  Inspection.  The Company provides
     underwater  support  services  for  all  phases  of offshore  oil  and  gas
     operations  -   exploration,  development  and  production.     During  the
     exploration  phase,  the  Company   provides  positioning,  placement   and
     monitoring  of  subsea exploration  equipment,  collects  data on  seafloor
     characteristics   at  proposed   drilling  sites   and  assists   with  the
     navigational positioning of drilling rigs.   During the development  phase,
     the Company's underwater  crews assist with the installation  of production
     platforms and the connection  of subsea  pipelines.  During  the production
     phase,  the Company  inspects,  maintains and  repairs offshore  platforms,
     pipelines and subsea equipment.   Such services include testing, monitoring
     and  replacing cathodic  protection  devices and  inspecting platforms  and
     pipelines for defects and unsupported spans,  which the Company may then be
     contracted  to repair  or  replace.   Following  production, the  Company's
     salvage  crews assist with the removal of  the platforms and restoration of
     the seabed to its original condition.

     The  Company's  underwater  services  require  the  use  of  a  variety  of
     techniques  and equipment.  Underwater services  are performed by divers or
     through the use of advanced work systems  such as manned Atmospheric Diving
     Systems ("ADSs")  and unmanned  ROVs.   The  Company uses  ROVs to  provide
     underwater services  at depths or  in situations  in which diving  would be
     uneconomical or infeasible.   An  ROV may be  outfitted with  manipulators,
     sonar, television cameras, specialized tooling packages and other equipment
     or features to facilitate the performance of underwater tasks.  The Company
     currently owns over 70 ROVs.

     When a project requires manned intervention, the Company uses divers or ADS
     technology.   An ADS  encloses the  operator in  a one-atmosphere  (surface
     pressure) diving suit or manipulator diving bell.  The Company operates two
     types of ADSs.  The first  type, the WASP, is a one-man suit  equipped with
     manipulators to allow the operator to perform gripping and turning actions.
     The WASP ADSs  work in water depths  from the surface  to 2,000 feet.   The
     other type  of ADS is  a tethered diving  bell equipped with  a manipulator
     arm.  The bell carries  two operators to water depths  of 3,000 feet.   The
     WASP  and the tethered  manipulator diving  bell have  onboard life-support
     systems and  are  capable of  providing  audiovisual transmissions  to  the
     surface.   The  Company  does not  use  divers (as  distinguished from  ADS
     operators) to perform functions in water depths greater than 1,000 feet.
     Revenues of  the Company from all business segments attributable to ADS and
     ROV services for  the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
     $55,000,000, $57,000,000 and $49,000,000 respectively.

     Underwater  services  using  all  of these  techniques  are  performed from
     drilling rigs, platforms, barges and vessels.

     Above-Water Inspection Services.  Through its Solus Schall division ("Solus
     Schall"), the  Company  offers  a  wide range  of  inspection  services  to
     customers required to obtain third party inspections to satisfy contractual
     structural specifications  and requirements,  internal safety  standards or
     regulatory  requirements.   Historically, the  Company  has focused  on the
     inspection of pipelines and onshore  fabrication of offshore facilities for
     the oil and gas industry.   The Company also conducts onsite inspections of
     refineries, nuclear and conventional power stations and operates laboratory
     facilities   for  the   testing   of  aero-engine   components  and   other
     manufacturing  equipment.   Certain of  Solus Schall's  pipeline inspection
     activities are  performed through  the use of  specialized X-ray  crawlers,
     which  travel   independently   inside  pipelines,   stopping  to   perform
     radiographic inspection of welds.  Solus Schall derives the majority of its
     revenues from foreign operations.

     In  connection with Solus  Schall's inspection  services (both  onshore and
     offshore),  the  Company  developed  a computer-aided  method  of  managing
     inspection  data, which  consists  of a  software package  that  provides a
     standardized format for  the storage, retrieval and analysis  of multi-year
     inspection  data.    Originally  developed for  platform  inspections,  the
     software has been expanded for use in the inspection of pipelines,  vessels
     and refinery piping.
     Survey  Services.  The Company provides a  range of survey and navigational
     positioning services for the oil and  gas industry, as well as ocean search
     and recovery  projects.  Applications  include surface positioning  for rig
     moves and the installation of  pipelines and platforms, subsea  positioning
     and acoustics, geophysical surveys, deep tow surveys and pipeline surveys.

     OFFSHORE FIELD DEVELOPMENT

     Mobile Offshore Production Systems.  OPS was established as a group  during
     fiscal  1989 to provide  subsea intervention services  and the engineering,
     procurement, construction,  installation and  operation of mobile  offshore
     production  systems ("MOPS")  to customers  for marginal  and remote  field
     production  and  extended well  testing.    OPS  has been  awarded  several
     contracts pertaining to MOPS activities and subsea workover and maintenance
     needs, including deepwater extended well testing in the  Gulf of Mexico and
     has served as  prime contractor on an extended well  testing project in the
     North Sea.  In December 1990, the Company was awarded  its first major MOPS
     contract for the provision of an  FPSO involving the conversion of a 78,000
     dwt  tanker  into  an FPSO  for  the  production,  processing, storage  and
     offloading of  oil  into shuttle  tankers.   The  unit  has been  operating
     offshore West Africa since December 1991.

     Subsea Products.  OIE,  Multiflex and the Pipeline  Repair Systems unit  of
     the Company form the Subsea Products group which complements the activities
     of the OPS group.  OIE includes the subsea intervention business previously
     carried out by OPS and the subsea control systems business acquired in July
     1993.    OIE   now  provides  subsea  intervention   services,  design  and
     fabrication  of ROV interface  tooling, including  ROV replaceable  and ROV
     operable valves, and design and fabrication of subsea control systems.

     In  March 1994, the  Company acquired the  business of Multiflex  which has
     facilities in  Houston, Texas and Edinburgh, Scotland for the production of
     subsea  control umbilical  cables.  These  cables are  used for  the remote
     operation of  subsea installations and equipment  and typically incorporate
     both electrical and hydraulic control lines.

     ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES

     Since fiscal 1986, the Company has provided project management, engineering
     services and equipment to non-oilfield customers for  applications in harsh
     environments.   The Company serves government, industrial marine, space and
     environmental remediation services markets by using existing assets for new
     customers  and by  extending the  use of  technology developed  in oilfield
     operations to new  applications.  Two  separate divisions of Oceaneering  -
     Oceaneering Technologies ("OTECH") and  Oceaneering Space Systems ("OSS") -
     perform these services.

     Marine.  OTECH performs work  for customers having specialized requirements
     underwater or  in other  harsh environments.   Customers  include U.S.  and
     foreign governments  and the telecommunications,  aerospace, insurance  and
     environmental remediation industries.  Since 1982, the Company has provided
     deep  ocean search  and recovery  services on behalf  of the  United States
     government, including  the U.S. Navy and the National Aeronautics and Space
     Administration ("NASA").    In other  services  for the  Navy,  Oceaneering
     provides various engineering and  underwater services ranging from aircraft
     salvage and recovery operations to inspection and maintenance of the Navy's
     fleet of  surface ships  and submarines.   The  Company also maintains  and
     operates deepwater cable lay and maintenance vehicles on behalf of American
     Telephone & Telegraph Company.

     OTECH  operates ROVs  that are  rated  for work  in water  depths from  the
     surface to 25,000 feet.   In June 1990,  the Company purchased an ROV  that
     has  worked in water  depths to  14,700 feet and  is capable  of working in
     water depths to 20,000 feet.   Assets acquired with Eastport include an ROV
     designed for use in  water depths to 25,000  feet.  The more  advanced ROVs
     owned  by the Company are equipped  with lighter umbilical cords containing
     optic  fibers which  allow for  improved  communications with  the surface.
     Other specialized equipment owned by the Company includes ROV cable lay and
     maintenance equipment and deep tow, side scan sonar systems which are rated
     for use  in 20,000 feet.   One of the  Company's deep tow systems  has been
     used to locate downed aircraft in water depths to 14,700 feet.

     Engineering.  OSS  directs the Company's efforts towards  applying undersea
     technology  and experience in the  space industry.   The Company has worked
     with  NASA  and NASA  subcontractors  on  a variety  of  projects including
     portable  life-support systems, decompression techniques, tools and robotic
     systems, and standards  and guidelines to ensure  robotic compatibility for
     space station  equipment and payloads.   OSS is developing  cryogenic life-
     support system  technology for  neutral buoyancy testing  and future  space
     missions.   Related life-support technology  has been developed  for future
     use  by environmental  remediation  workers and  fire  fighters.   OSS  was
     expanded in fiscal  1994 by the  purchase of  the assets of  ILC.  ILC  had
     supported NASA by producing space shuttle crew support equipment, including
     the design,  development and  fabrication of spacecraft  extravehicular and
     intravehicular hardware  and soft  goods, air crew  life-support equipment,
     mechanical and  electromechanical devices and high  temperature insulation.
     These activities  have  continued, and  the Company  is providing  advanced
     refrigeration equipment  for use on the  International Space Station.   The
     activities  of  OSS are  substantially  dependent  on continued  government
     funding  for  the  nation's space  program.    OTECH  designs and  develops
     specialized tools and builds ROV systems to customer specifications for use
     in deepwater  and hazardous  environments.  It  also develops ROVs  for the
     Company including  associated ROV  control vans and  computer-based control
     systems.   In April 1990, the  Company delivered a  remotely operated cable
     burial and  repair system  to a  group of  international telecommunications
     companies,  and in fiscal 1992, delivered  a second remotely operated cable
     burial and repair  system for telecommunications use and an  ROV system for
     salvage work.

     MARKETING

     Oilfield Marine Services.   The Company markets  its services primarily  to
     international and foreign national oil and gas companies.  It also provides
     services as  a subcontractor to  companies operating as  prime contractors.
     Contracts are typically awarded on a  competitive bid basis and are for the
     most part short-term.   See Item 7 - "Management's Discussion  and Analysis
     of Financial  Condition and Results  of Operations -  Liquidity and Capital
     Resources."

     Offshore Field Development.   The Company markets both  its mobile offshore
     production  systems  and subsea  products  primarily  to international  and
     foreign national  oil and gas  companies, utilizing the  Company's existing
     administrative  structure  to  identify potential  business  opportunities.
     MOPS  are  offered   for  extended  well  testing,  early   production  and
     development of marginal fields and prospects in areas lacking pipelines and
     processing  infrastructure.     Contracts   are  typically  awarded   on  a
     competitive basis, generally for periods of one or more years.  The Company
     owns one MOPS unit, which is currently  contracted.  Further equipment will
     be added  as profitable  opportunities arise.   The  Company believes  that
     Multiflex enables it  to identify market opportunities at  an earlier stage
     as umbilical  design is  typically part of  the initial  planning phase  in
     field development.   The  Company is  able to  offer an  integrated service
     consisting  of design,  engineering,  project management  and provision  of
     hardware.

     Advanced Technologies.  The Company markets its marine services and related
     engineering  services to  government  agencies, major  defense contractors,
     NASA  subcontractors  and  to telecommunications,  construction  and  other
     industrial customers outside the energy  sector.  The Company also  markets
     to insurance companies,  salvage associations and other  customers who have
     requirements for specialized operations in  deep water.  Marketing  efforts
     in  the  environmental  remediation   business  are  directed  towards  the
     petrochemical industry.

     Major Customers.   Five  principal customers of  the Company  accounted for
     approximately 34%, 36%  and 31% of  the Company's consolidated revenues  in
     fiscal 1995, 1994  and 1993, respectively.  The Royal  Dutch Shell group of
     companies accounted  for  more  than  10%  of  the  Company's  consolidated
     revenues in fiscal 1995, 1994  and 1993.  Also see  Note 6 of the Notes  to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.

     COMPETITION

     The Company's businesses are highly competitive.

     Oilfield Marine  Services.   The Company  believes that it  is one  of five
     companies that  provides underwater  services on  a worldwide  basis.   The
     Company competes for contracts with the other four worldwide companies  and
     with  numerous companies operating  locally in various  areas.  Competition
     for  underwater  services  historically  has  been based  on  the  type  of
     underwater  equipment available,  location  of or  ability  to deploy  such
     equipment, quality of  service and price.  In recent  years, price has been
     the most important factor in obtaining  contracts;  however, the ability to
     develop improved equipment and techniques and to attract and retain skilled
     personnel is also an important competitive factor in the Company's markets.
     The number of the Company's competitors  is inversely correlated with water
     depth,  as  less sophisticated  equipment  and  technology is  required  in
     shallow water.  With  respect to projects  that require less  sophisticated
     equipment or diving techniques, small companies have sometimes been able to
     bid for contracts at prices uneconomic to the Company.

     The Company believes that its ability to provide a wide range of underwater
     services,  including  technological  applications  in  deeper  water  on  a
     worldwide basis, should enable  it to compete  effectively in the  oilfield
     exploration  and  development  market.   As  a  result  of  uncertainty and
     volatility in oil and  gas pricing generally,  oil and gas exploration  and
     development expenditures  fluctuate  from year  to  year.   In  particular,
     budgetary approval  for more  expensive drilling  and production  in deeper
     water or harsh  environments, areas in which the Company  believes it has a
     competitive  advantage, may be postponed or  suspended.  In some areas, the
     ability  of the  Company to  obtain contracts  depends upon its  ability to
     charter vessels for  use as work platforms.  On  occasion, the Company will
     bid jointly with vessel owners  for contracts, and it endeavors  to develop
     ongoing relations with various vessel owners.

     The worldwide inspection market consists of  a wide range of inspection and
     certification requirements  in many industries.   Solus Schall  competes in
     only selected portions of this market.  The Company believes that its broad
     geographic  sales and  operational  coverage, long  history of  operations,
     technical reputation, application of X-ray crawler pipeline radiography and
     accreditation  to  international quality  standards  enable  it to  compete
     effectively in its selected inspection services market segments.

     In the  North Sea  and, to  a lesser extent,  in other  areas, oil  and gas
     companies  utilize prequalification  procedures that  reduce the  number of
     prospective bidders  for their  projects.   In certain  countries political
     considerations tend to favor local contractors.

     Offshore  Field  Development.    The  Company  believes  that  it  is  well
     positioned to  compete in the offshore field development market through its
     ability  to identify and offer optimum solutions, supply equipment, provide
     capital  on a limited basis and  utilize the expertise in associated subsea
     technology  and offshore  construction  and operations  gained through  its
     extensive operational experience worldwide.  The Company is one of  several
     companies  that offer  leased MOPS  units.   Potential competitors  include
     companies  having underutilized assets  such as drilling  rigs and tankers,
     although access  to the capital  needed to convert  units to MOPS  may be a
     limiting factor.

     Although there are several competitors offering either specialized products
     or operating  in limited geographic areas, the  Company believes that it is
     one of two companies who compete on a worldwide basis for  the provision of
     subsea control umbilical cables.

     Advanced Technologies.    The Company  believes  that its  specialized  ROV
     assets  and experience  in  deep  water operations  give  it a  competitive
     advantage in obtaining contracts  in water depths greater than  5,000 feet.
     The number of the Company's competitors is inversely  correlated with water
     depth,  due to the advanced technical knowledge and sophisticated equipment
     required for deep water operations.

     Engineering  services is  a  very  broad  market with  a  large  number  of
     competitors.  The  Company competes  in specialized areas  in which it  can
     combine its extensive program  management experience, engineering  services
     and  the  capability to  continue  the  development  of conceptual  project
     designs into the manufacture of prototype equipment.

     The  Company also  utilizes the  administrative  structure of  the Oilfield
     Marine Services business to identify opportunities in foreign countries and
     to provide additional local support for non-oil and gas customers.

     SEASONALITY, BACKLOG AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     A material  amount of the Company's revenues  is generated by contracts for
     marine services  in the  Gulf of  Mexico and North  Sea, which  are usually
     seasonal from  April  through November.   Revenues  in  the Offshore  Field
     Development and Advanced Technologies segments are generally not seasonal.

     The  amounts of  backlog orders  believed to  be  firm for  Oilfield Marine
     Services as of  March 31, 1995 and  1994 were $94,000,000 and  $69,000,000,
     respectively.  Of these amounts, $39,000,000 and $28,000,000, respectively,
     were not  expected to be  performed within  the fiscal year  following such
     respective  dates.     At  March  31,  1995  and   1994,  the  Company  had
     approximately $27,000,000  and  $25,000,000, respectively,  in backlog  for
     Offshore  Field Development,  all of  which  was expected  to be  completed
     within the fiscal year following such  respective dates.  At March 31, 1995
     and  1994,  the  Company  had approximately  $39,000,000  and  $22,000,000,
     respectively,  in backlog  for Advanced  Technologies.   Of  these amounts,
     $12,000,000  and none,  respectively,  were not  expected  to be  performed
     within the fiscal year following such  respective dates.  At March 31, 1995
     the  Company had approximately $7,000,000 of additional contracted work for
     Advanced Technologies  which is not  funded and is  substantially dependent
     upon continued government funding for the nation's space program.

     No material portion  of the Company's business is  subject to renegotiation
     of profits or termination of contracts by the United States government.

     The Company's  research  and development  expenditures  were  approximately
     $3,600,000,  $3,700,000 and $6,500,000  during fiscal 1995,  1994 and 1993,
     respectively.   These amounts do  not include, nor  is the Company  able to
     determine, the  expenditures by  others in  connection with  joint research
     activities in which the Company participated or expenditures by the Company
     in connection with research conducted during the course of performing field
     operations.

     REGULATION

     The Company's  operations  are subject  to  various types  of  governmental
     regulation.  The Company's operations are affected from time to time and in
     varying degrees by foreign and domestic political developments and foreign,
     federal and  local  laws and  regulations.    In particular,  oil  and  gas
     production operations  and economics  are affected by  price control,  tax,
     environmental and other laws relating to the petroleum industry, by changes
     in  such laws and by constantly  changing administrative regulations.  Such
     developments may directly or indirectly affect the Company's operations and
     those of its customers.

     Compliance  with  federal,  state   and  local  provisions  regulating  the
     discharge  of materials into the environment  or relating to the protection
     of the environment  has not had a material impact  on the Company's capital
     expenditures, earnings or competitive position. 

     In connection  with its foreign operations, the Company is required in some
     countries to  obtain licenses or  permits in order  to bid on  contracts or
     otherwise to conduct business operations.   Some foreign countries  require
     that the Company enter into a joint venture or similar business arrangement
     with local individuals or businesses in order to conduct business.

     While not  a formal  requirement, Oceaneering's quality  management systems
     are certified  to the British  Standard BS 5750  Part 2:1987, which  is the
     equivalent  of ISO  9002, covering  the full  range of  subsea  and topside
     services offered in the United Kingdom.  The quality  management systems of
     both the OIE and Multiflex units of the Subsea Products Group are certified
     to ISO 9001 for their products and services.

     RISKS AND INSURANCE

     The Company's operations are subject to  all the risks normally incident to
     offshore exploration,  development and  production, including  claims under
     U.S. maritime  laws.   These risks  could result  in damage  to or loss  of
     property, suspension  of operations  and injury to  or death  of personnel.
     The Company  insures its  real and  personal property  and equipment.   The
     Company's vessels  are insured  against damage or  loss, including  war and
     pollution  risks.  The Company also carries workers' compensation, maritime
     employer's liability,  general liability, including  third party pollution,
     and other  insurance customary in its businesses.  All insurance is carried
     at   levels  of  coverage  and  deductibles  which  the  Company  considers
     financially  prudent.   On some  contracts,  the Company  may have  certain
     exposures for loss or damage to the customer's facilities or for unexpected
     weather delays, which the  Company may cover  by special insurance when  it
     deems  advisable.  Due to the very high  costs for limited coverage and, in
     the  Company's  opinion,  limited  exposure,  the  Company does  not  carry
     professional liability  insurance.  In some  jurisdictions, legal pleadings
     in personal  injury actions may include  a claim for an  amount of punitive
     damages which may not be covered by insurance.
     A  significant part of  the Company's  operations is conducted  outside the
     United States.  For the fiscal  years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and  1993,
     foreign  operations  accounted  for  51%,  61%  and 66%  of  the  Company's
     revenues, respectively.

     Foreign  operations  are  subject  to  additional  political  and  economic
     uncertainties, including  the possibility  of repudiation of  contracts and
     confiscation  of  property,   fluctuations  in  currency   exchange  rates,
     limitations  on repatriation  of  earnings and  foreign exchange  controls.
     Typically, the  Company is  able to limit  the currency risks  by arranging
     compensation in United States dollars  or freely convertible currency  and,
     to the extent possible, limiting  acceptance of blocked currency to amounts
     which match its expense requirements in local currencies.

     Certain  of  the countries  in  which  the  Company operates  have  enacted
     exchange controls to regulate foreign currency exchange.  Exchange controls
     in  some  of the  countries  in  which  the  Company operates  provide  for
     conversion of local  currency into foreign  currency for payment of  debts,
     equipment rentals, technology transfer, technical assistance and other fees
     or repatriation  of capital.   Transfers of  profits and  dividends can  be
     restricted or limited by exchange controls.

     EMPLOYEES  

     As of March  31, 1995, the Company had approximately  1,900 employees.  The
     Company's work force varies seasonally and peaks during the summer  months.
     None of  the Company's  domestic employees  is currently  represented by  a
     labor union.   Approximately 6% of the Company's  employees are represented
     by unions in  foreign countries.  The Company considers  its relations with
     its employees to be satisfactory.
     Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

     The  table presenting  revenues, profitability  and assets  attributable to
     each of  Oceaneering's geographic areas for the fiscal years 1995, 1994 and
     1993  is incorporated  herein by  reference  from Note  6 of  the Notes  to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Item 2.  PROPERTIES.

     See  Item 1  -  "Business  -  Description of  Business  -  Oilfield  Marine
     Services,  Offshore  Field Development  and  Advanced  Technologies" for  a
     description of equipment used in providing the Company's services.

     Oceaneering maintains office, shop and yard facilities in  various parts of
     the  world.   In  these  locations,  the  Company typically  leases  office
     facilities  to  house  its  administrative  and  engineering  staff,  shops
     equipped for  fabrication, testing,  repair and maintenance  activities and
     warehouses and  yard areas  for storage  and mobilization  of equipment  en
     route to work sites.   The largest of such properties is  located in Morgan
     City, Louisiana and consists of 146,500  total square feet, of which 25,300
     square feet are  covered office and storage space owned  by the Company and
     the remainder is leased.  The Company owns and leases property in Singapore
     of approximately 28,700 square feet, of which 16,200 square feet are owned.
     The Company  leases 31,000  square feet of  office space and  42,800 square
     feet  of yard area  in Aberdeen, Scotland.   Other  major leased properties
     include approximately  24,600 square feet  in Dubai, United  Arab Emirates,
     and 37,000 square  feet in Port  Harcourt, Nigeria.   These properties  are
     used primarily  by the  Oilfield Marine  Services business  segment of  the
     Company.    Leased properties  utilized  primarily  by the  Offshore  Field
     Development segment consist of  53,500 square feet  of workshop and  office
     space in Houston, Texas  and manufacturing facilities in Houston, Texas and
     Edinburgh,  Scotland,  of  96,000  square  feet  and  70,000  square  feet,
     respectively.   In addition,  the Company owns  manufacturing facilities in
     Magnolia,   Texas  of  65,000  square  feet.     The  Company  also  leases
     approximately  116,000  square  feet  in Upper  Marlboro,  Maryland,  which
     includes 86,000  square  feet of  offices and  workshops and  approximately
     50,000 square  feet of offices and  workshops in Houston,  Texas, which are
     utilized by the Advanced Technologies business segment.

     Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     The business  of  Oceaneering ordinarily  results  in actions  for  damages
     alleging personal  injury under  the general  maritime laws  of the  United
     States,  including the  Jones  Act, for  alleged negligence.    The Company
     reports actions for personal injury to its insurance carriers and  believes
     that the settlement  or disposition of such suits will  not have a material
     effect on its financial position or results of operations.  The information
     set forth under "Commitments and  Contingencies - Litigation" in Note  5 of
     the  Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements is  incorporated herein by
     reference.

     Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     No  matter  was submitted  to  a  vote  of  security holders,  through  the
     solicitation of  proxies or  otherwise, during  the fourth  quarter of  the
     fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.

     Item 4a.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     Executive  Officers.   The  following is  information with  respect  to the
     executive officers of Oceaneering International, Inc., as of June 1, 1995:

                                                              OFFICER EMPLOYEE
     NAME                    AGE POSITIONS                      SINCE   SINCE  

     John R. Huff            49  Chairman of the Board,         1986    1986
                                 President and Chief Executive 
                                 Officer

     T. Jay Collins          48  Executive Vice President -     1993    1993
                                 Oilfield Marine Services

     Stephen Helburn         48  Senior Vice President -        1984    1982
                                 Asia

     F. Richard Frisbie      52  Senior Vice President -        1981    1974
                                 Marketing and Technology

     Marvin J. Migura        44  Senior Vice President and      1995    1995
                                 Chief Financial Officer

     George R.               47  Vice President, General        1988    1988
     Haubenreich, Jr.            Counsel and Secretary

     Richard V. Chidlow      51  Controller and Chief           1990    1987
                                 Accounting Officer

     Each  executive officer  serves at  the discretion  of the  Chief Executive
     Officer and  the  Board  of  Directors  and is  subject  to  reelection  or
     reappointment each year after the annual meeting of shareholders.

     Oceaneering does not know of  any arrangement or understanding between  any
     of the  above persons and any other person or  persons pursuant to which he
     was selected or appointed as an officer.

     Family  Relationships.   There  are  no  family  relationships between  any
     director or executive officer.

     Business Experience.  John R. Huff has been a director, President and Chief
     Executive Officer  of the Company since  1986.  He was  elected Chairman of
     the Board in August 1990.  Prior to joining the Company in  August 1986, he
     served  from May  1980 until  January  1986 as  Chairman  and President  of
     Western  Oceanic Inc.,  the  offshore drilling  subsidiary  of The  Western
     Company of North America  ("Western Oceanic").  From February  1986 through
     July  1986,  he  was  Managing  Partner  of  an  investment  banking  group
     specializing  in the  energy industry.    He  is a director  of BJ Services
     Company, Triton Energy Corporation and Production Operators Corp.

     T. Jay  Collins, Executive  Vice President, joined  the Company  in October
     1993 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  In May 1995, he
     was appointed  Executive Vice  President of  the Company's  Oilfield Marine
     Services business.  From 1986 to 1992 he was with Teleco Oilfield Services,
     Inc.,  most   recently  as   Executive  Vice  President   of  Finance   and
     Administration  and  previously as  Senior  Vice  President of  Operations.
     Prior to Teleco, he spent twelve  years with Sonat, Inc., serving as Senior
     Vice  President of  Finance  at Sonat  Offshore Drilling  and  President of
     Houston  Systems  Manufacturing.   His  operational  experience with  Sonat
     Offshore   Drilling  includes   international   management  in   Venezuela,
     Singapore, Egypt and Ivory Coast.

     Stephen Helburn, Senior  Vice President - Asia, joined the  Company in 1982
     as  General  Manager  of  the  Gulf  Coast  Division  and  served  as  Vice
     President  -  Americas  Region  from  1987  to  1990  and  as  Senior  Vice
     President - Worldwide Operations from 1990  to 1995.  He has over  20 years
     of experience in  the underwater services industry.  From  1972 to 1978, he
     was an engineer with Chicago Bridge & Iron Industries, Inc., ("CBI"), where
     he was  responsible  for  a  variety  of  projects  including  wet  welding
     development  research, project management  and construction.   From 1979 to
     1982, he was manager of the underwater welding division of Seacon Services,
     Inc., the offshore subsidiary of CBI.

     F.  Richard Frisbie,  Senior  Vice President  -  Marketing and  Technology,
     joined the Company  in 1984 when  Solus Ocean Systems,  Inc., ("SOSI")  was
     acquired.  From 1974  to 1984, he held  various engineering and  management
     positions with SOSI and its  predecessors.  Over the past 20 years,  he has
     been responsible  for various  technical developments in  remotely operated
     underwater vehicle designs and  the use of  robotics and remotely  operated
     devices  for applications  in harsh  environments, including  nuclear power
     plants.  He also has previous experience in the aerospace industry.

     Marvin J. Migura, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined
     the  Company in 1995.   From 1987 to  1994, he was  employed as Senior Vice
     President  and   Chief  Financial   Officer  with  Zapata   Corporation,  a
     diversified energy services  company.  From  1975 to 1987  he held  various
     financial positions with Zapata Corporation.

     George  R.  Haubenreich,  Jr.  joined  the Company  in  June  1988  as Vice
     President, General  Counsel and  Secretary.   From 1979  until joining  the
     Company, he  held various legal  positions with The Coastal  Corporation, a
     diversified energy company, his last being Senior Staff Counsel.  From 1974
     until 1979, he was an attorney with Exxon Company, U.S.A.

     Richard V. Chidlow joined the Company in January 1987 as Controller for the
     Americas Region.  From September 1988 until May 1990, he was Controller for
     the Europe, Africa and Asia group in Aberdeen, and was appointed Controller
     and Chief  Accounting Officer in  June 1990.   From 1975 until  joining the
     Company he  held various  positions with  Western Oceanic,  his last  being
     Manager of Accounting.


                                       PART II 

     Item 5.   MARKET   FOR  THE   REGISTRANT'S   COMMON  EQUITY   AND   RELATED
               SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

     Oceaneering's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol
     OII).   The following table sets  forth, for the fiscal  periods indicated,
     the high and  low closing sales  prices for Oceaneering's  Common Stock  as
     reported on the New York Stock Exchange (consolidated transaction reporting
     system):

                                Fiscal 1995         Fiscal 1994

                               High      Low       High      Low
      For the quarter ended:

        June 30              $14-1/4   $11       $16       $12-3/4
        September 30          14-1/8    12-1/4    17-1/8    13-1/2
        December 31           13-1/8     9-3/4    18        12-1/8
        March 31              10-5/8     7-7/8    14-1/2    12-1/8

     On June 1, 1995, Oceaneering had 804 holders of record of its Common Stock,
     par value $0.25.    On that date, the closing sales price of the shares, as
     quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, was $9-5/8.

     Oceaneering  has made no  Common Stock dividend  payments since 1977.   Its
     present bank  credit  agreement restricts  aggregate  dividends to  50%  of
     cumulative net earnings from December 31, 1994.

     Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     Results of Operations:

                                            Fiscal Years Ended March 31,

                                 1995      1994       1993      1992      1991
                                           (in thousands, except per share
                                                      figures) 

      Revenues               $239,936  $229,760   $215,603  $193,582  $168,928

      Cost of services        190,772   177,199    157,048   143,117   120,775

      Gross margin             49,164    52,561     58,555    50,465    48,153
      Selling, general and
      administrative
      expenses                 36,410    31,631     32,903    30,239    29,683

      Income from
      operations             $ 12,754  $ 20,930   $ 25,652  $ 20,226   $18,470

      Net income
      applicable to 
      common stock           $  5,496  $ 14,931   $ 19,401  $ 16,115   $16,870 

      Net income per
      common share
      equivalent                 0.23      0.62       0.82      0.68      0.72

      Depreciation and
      amortization             16,232    12,196     11,528     8,013     7,731

      Capital expenditures     32,057    36,730     11,996    35,312    21,310


     Other Financial Data:
                                                As of March 31,
                                 1995      1994       1993      1992      1991
                                          (in thousands, except ratios)
      Working capital                                                         
      ratio                      1.44      1.74       1.92      1.65      2.26

      Cash and cash
      equivalents             $12,865  $ 26,486   $ 33,973  $ 23,281  $ 18,364

      Working capital          23,106    34,425     42,492    28,556    42,406

      Total assets            187,752   171,993    154,524   144,905   120,670

      Short-term debt             118       124         96     2,065     1,243

      Long-term debt            9,472       171        235     2,311     3,184

      Total debt                9,590       295        331     4,376     4,427

      Shareholders' equity    115,140   113,353     98,331    86,622    70,111


   Item 7.   MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND
             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

   Liquidity and Capital Resources 

   At March  31, 1995, the Company had working capital of $23,100,000, including
   $11,400,000 of  unrestricted cash.   Additionally, as of  April 12,  1995 the
   Company had  $65,600,000 available for  borrowings under its  new $75,000,000
   credit  facility and  $12,600,000 was  unused under  its uncommitted  line of
   credit.  See Note 3 of  the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   The
   Company  expects  to  meet  its  ongoing  annual  cash  requirements  out  of
   operating  cash flow;  if  significant  investment opportunities  arise,  the
   Company  may use external financing.   Current maturities under capital lease
   obligations  are not material  and none of  the $9,400,000 of  long-term bank
   debt is required to be repaid prior to fiscal 1999.

   While liquidity and capital resources  are considered adequate, the Company's
   working  capital has  declined over the  last two  years.  A  higher level of
   capital expenditures,  including business  acquisitions, during  a period  of
   lower  cash  flows  from  operations   contributed  to  the  decline.     The
   $23,100,000 of working capital at March 31, 1995 compared to $34,400,000  and
   $42,500,000  as of  March 31,  1994 and  1993, respectively.    Likewise, the
   working capital ratio of 1.44  at March 31, 1995 was lower than the  ratio of
   1.74 and 1.92 at the end of fiscal years 1994 and 1993, respectively.  

   Capital  expenditures for  the fiscal  years ended  March 31,  1995, 1994 and
   1993 were  $32,100,000, $36,700,000 and  $12,000,000, respectively.   Capital
   expenditures  for fiscal  1995 consisted  of the  purchase and  upgrade of  a
   dynamically positioned offshore support vessel,  acquisition of the remainder
   of the  capital stock  of a  jointly owned  company which  owned an  offshore
   support  vessel,  upgrades  to  ROVs and  the  acquisition  of  environmental
   services  equipment.    Capital  expenditures  for  fiscal 1994  include  the
   acquisition  costs of the  ILC, OIE  and Multiflex businesses,  additions and
   upgrades  to  the Company's  fleet  of ROVs  and  improvements  to the  FPSO.
   Capital expenditures for fiscal  1993 consisted primarily of upgrades  to the
   Company's  fleet  of  ROVs, including  the  addition  of  two  new large  ROV
   systems.  There were no material commitments for  capital expenditures at the
   close of fiscal 1995.

   During  fiscal 1995 the Company completed the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of
   its  stock pursuant  to a  plan approved  in June  1994.   After  re-issue of
   shares   to  meet  the  Company's  regular  obligations  to  the  Oceaneering
   Retirement Investment Plan and to  satisfy share option exercises there was a
   balance of 977,363  shares of  treasury stock  remaining at  March 31,  1995.
   The purchases were financed primarily by bank borrowings.

   The primary  industry that  the Company serves,  oil and  gas, is a  cyclical
   industry and  remains volatile, resulting  in potentially  large fluctuations
   in  demand  for  the  Company's  primary  services,  which  could  result  in
   significant changes in the Company's revenues and  profits.  Although the oil
   and  gas industry continues to be the Company's principal market, the Company
   also performs  services for  the United States  and foreign  governments, and
   the telecommunications,  aerospace, insurance  and environmental  remediation
   industries.   The Company  is continually seeking  opportunities for business
   combinations to improve  its market position or  expand into related  service
   lines.

   The Company  operates primarily  as a  subcontracting services company  under
   short-term  day-rate   contracts.     However,  the   Company  owns   certain
   specialized  capital  assets, in  particular  the FPSO,  which  if  not fully
   utilized  could have  a negative  effect on  cash  resources as  a result  of
   continuing  fixed  operating  costs  and  reduced  revenues.    The  FPSO  is
   currently operating  profitably offshore Angola  under a  contract which  has
   been extended for a second year expiring in January 1996.  

   Because  of its  significant foreign  operations, the  Company is  exposed to
   currency fluctuations and exchange risks.   Oceaneering minimizes these risks
   primarily through matching,  to the extent possible, revenues and expenses in
   the  various  currencies  in  which  it  operates.    Cumulative  translation
   adjustments  as  of  March  31,  1995,  relate  primarily  to  the  Company's
   permanent  investment in  and loans to  its United  Kingdom subsidiary.   See
   Item  1  - "Business  -  Description  of  Business -  Risks  and  Insurance."
   Inflation  has not had a material effect on the Company in the past two years
   and no such effect is expected in the near future.

   Results of Operations

   Revenues for fiscal  1995 were $239,936,000  as compared to  $229,760,000 and
   $215,603,000  for fiscal 1994  and 1993, respectively.   Gross margin was 20%
   for  fiscal 1995,  compared  with  23% and  27%  for  fiscal 1994  and  1993,
   respectively.    Net income  in fiscal  1995, 1994  and 1993  was $5,496,000,
   $14,931,000 and $19,401,000, respectively.

   Information on  the Company's  business segments is  shown in  Note 6 of  the
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   Oilfield  Marine Services.    Historically, a  major  part of  the  Company's
   revenues,  operating income and cash flow had  been generated by the oilfield
   marine  services segment of its business.   In fiscal 1995, however, revenues
   for this segment continued  to decline and the operations resulted  in a loss
   for the  year.   Operating cash  flow for  fiscal 1995  from oilfield  marine
   services remained  positive and the  Company increased  its capital  spending
   during the year with  the intent of enhancing future operating  results.  The
   segment's capital  expenditures consisted  primarily of  the acquisition  and
   upgrade of  a  dynamically  positioned  offshore  support  vessel.    Capital
   expenditure requirements  are related  mainly to  replacement and upgrade  of
   its  existing  equipment  and  for equipment  purchased  to  service specific
   contracts,  although the Company does add selected assets in existing service
   lines as  opportunities  arise.    The table  below  sets  out  revenues  and
   profitability for this segment for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993.


                                    For the Years Ended March 31,
                                    1995         1994         1993
                                  (in thousands, except percentages)

      Revenues                  $106,294     $122,625     $144,790
      Gross Margins               19,872       31,355       38,021
      Gross Margin %                 19%          26%          26%

      Operating Margins           (2,485)       9,194       16,012
      Operating Margin %              (2)%         7%          11%

   Revenues and  margins declined in  fiscal 1995 compared  to fiscal 1994  as a
   result  of reduced  demand  principally  in the  North  Sea and  West  Africa
   operating  areas.   In addition,  gross margins  were negatively  impacted in
   fiscal 1995  by  an unfavorable  arbitration ruling  relating  to a  contract
   executed in  fiscal 1991  and difficulties experienced  in collection  of the
   amounts due under a foreign contract.

   Revenues  and margins for  fiscal 1994 decreased  from fiscal 1993 reflecting
   reduced demand in all major operating areas.   Lower oil prices and resulting
   oil company project delays contributed to this decline.

   Gross margin percentage in West Africa during  fiscal 1994 was lower than for
   fiscal 1993  reflecting increased competitive  pressures.   This decline  was
   offset  by improved performance  from ROV  operations and total  gross margin
   percentage  for this  segment  for fiscal  1994 was  maintained  at the  same
   percentage level as the prior year.

   Offshore Field  Development.   This segment  includes FPSO  operations, other
   MOPS related  work for customers  requiring engineering,  design and  project
   management services and subsea products.

   The  table below  sets out  revenues and  profitability for  this segment for
   fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                    For the Years Ended March 31,
                                    1995         1994         1993
                                  (in thousands, except percentages)

      Revenues                   $62,918      $37,121      $17,580
      Gross Margins               13,726        4,432        6,326
      Gross Margin %                 22%          12%          36%

      Operating Margins            6,676        1,191        3,031
      Operating Margin %             11%           3%          17%

   Revenue  and gross  margins for  the Offshore  Field Development  segment for
   fiscal 1995 were higher than for fiscal 1994 as a result of the  contribution
   of Multiflex which was acquired in March  1994, increased activity in the OIE
   division and a  full year of profitable  FPSO operations.  The  FPSO contract
   was extended for a second year expiring in January 1996.

   Revenue  and gross  margins for  the Offshore  Field Development  segment for
   fiscal 1994 were negatively impacted by the  operations of the FPSO which was
   contracted  on a month  to month basis  for the  first two quarters  at rates
   which were sufficient only  to cover cash expenses.  From  the fourth quarter
   of fiscal  1994 the  FPSO operated under  a contract  providing substantially
   higher rates  than its  previous  contract.   MOPS revenues  and margins  for
   fiscal 1994  were favorably  impacted by  a large project  which the  Company
   completed in the  North Sea; the Company  did not have any  similar contracts
   in fiscal 1995.

   Results  for the  FPSO for  fiscal 1993  reflect  the terms  of the  original
   contract  up to  the  date of  termination  on December  10,  1992; the  FPSO
   continued to operate under  another contract at a substantially  reduced rate
   that generated lower  revenues, margins and profits for the  remainder of the
   fiscal year.   Revenues  from the FPSO  for fiscal 1995,  1994 and  1993 were
   $16,685,000, $10,405,000 and  $11,649,000, respectively.  Gross  margins from
   the FPSO  for fiscal  1995,  1994 and  1993 were  $8,717,000, $2,074,000  and
   $5,291,000,  respectively.   For any  period of  time  that the  FPSO is  not
   contracted or  contracted at reduced  rates, there will be  a negative impact
   on the Company's revenues, margins and earnings.

   Expansion of this business will require  access to additional assets suitable
   for  MOPS  applications  which  may be  accomplished  by  outright  purchase,
   leasing or other financing  arrangement.  The Company expects  to continue to
   invest in  other MOPS assets  as profitable opportunities  arise.   Funds for
   such  investments are  available from  cash flows  from operations,  existing
   cash or credit facilities.

   Advanced  Technologies.  The table below  sets out revenues and profitability
   for this segment for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                    For the Years Ended March 31,
                                    1995         1994         1993
                                  (in thousands, except percentages)

      Revenues                   $70,724      $70,014      $53,233
      Gross Margins               15,566       16,774       14,208
      Gross Margin %                 22%          24%          27%

      Operating Margins            8,563       10,545        6,609
      Operating Margin %             12%          15%          12%

   Revenues for fiscal 1995  were at the same  level as for fiscal 1994.   Gross
   margins  decreased as a  result of lower demand  for engineering services and
   costs associated with entry into the environmental services business.

   Revenues for fiscal 1994  improved over fiscal 1993 primarily as  a result of
   the contribution  from the ILC acquisition  which was finalized in  May 1993.
   Demand for ROV  services from non-oilfield customers remained  firm in fiscal
   1994 compared to fiscal 1993;  revenues in other areas  were at or below  the
   prior year.

   Gross margins for this  segment decreased to 24% in  fiscal 1994 from 27%  in
   fiscal 1993.   Increased revenues  generated by  the ILC acquisition  were at
   lower margins  primarily  due to  the  higher level  of subcontract  work  in
   certain  contracts.  This  was partially  offset by higher  margins earned on
   engineering work in fiscal 1994 compared with the prior year.  

   Other.    Selling,  general and administrative  expenses were  $36,410,000 in
   fiscal  1995 compared to $31,631,000 in fiscal 1994 and $32,903,000 in fiscal
   1993.   Fiscal 1995  reflects the  addition of  the Multiflex operations  and
   includes  $500,000  of nonrecurring  cost  related  to the  consolidation  of
   operational   bases  in  Scotland.     Fiscal  1993  includes  $1,200,000  of
   nonrecurring costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of Eastport. 

   The Company's  effective tax rate  increased during  fiscal 1995 compared  to
   fiscal  1994 as  a result  of an  increase  in the  amount of  pre-tax income
   subject to  taxing jurisdictions with  higher effective tax  rates, primarily
   the United States,  and losses in fiscal  1995 in areas, primarily  the North
   Sea,  where  the Company  derives  no  tax  benefit  as it  already  has  net
   operating loss carryforwards.


   Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

   In this report, the consolidated financial statements  and supplementary data
   of the Company  appear in  Part IV, Item  14 and  are hereby incorporated  by
   reference.  See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules.

   Item 9.   CHANGES IN  AND DISAGREEMENTS  WITH ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING  AND
             FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
   None.

                                       PART III

   Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

   The information with  respect to the directors  and nominees for election  to
   the  Board of Directors  of Oceaneering International,  Inc., is incorporated
   by  reference  from  Oceaneering   International,  Inc.'s  definitive   proxy
   statement to be  filed on or before July 31, 1995, pursuant to Regulation 14A
   under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934.  The information  with respect to
   the executive officers of Oceaneering  International, Inc., is provided under
   Item 4a of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

   Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

   The  information required by  Item 11  is incorporated by  reference from the
   proxy statement described in Item 10 above.

   Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

   The information  required by Item  12 is incorporated  by reference  from the
   proxy statement described in Item 10 above.

   Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

   The  information required by  Item 13 is  incorporated by reference  from the
   proxy statement described in Item 10 above.


                                        PART IV

   Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

     (a)       Documents filed as part of this report.

               1.   Financial Statements.
                    (i)   Report of Independent Public Accountants
                    (ii)  Consolidated Balance Sheets
                    (iii) Consolidated Statements of Income
                    (iv)  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                    (v)   Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                    (vi)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

               2.   Exhibits:

                                             Registration
                                             or File   Form or           Exhibit
   Exhibit                                   Number    Report   Date      Number

     3      Articles of Incorporation 
            and By-laws
     *3.01  Certificate of Incorporation, 
            as amended                       0-8418    10-K    March 1988   3(a)
     *3.02  By-laws, as amended              0-8418    10-K    March 1987   3(b)
     *3.03  Amendment to Certificate 
            of Incorporation                 33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990   4(b)
     *3.04  Amendment to By-laws             0-8418    10-K    March 1991   3(d)
     *3.05  Amendment to By-laws             1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992    2   
     4      Instruments defining the rights 
            of security holders, including 
            indentures
     *4.01  Specimen of Common Stock 
            Certificate                      1-10945   10-K    March 1993   4(a)
     *4.02  Interest Rate and Currency 
            Exchange Agreement dated 
            July 29, 1991                    0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991   4(a)
     *4.03  Shareholder Rights Agreement
            dated November 20, 1992          1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992    1   
      4.04  Bank Credit Agreement dated               April 12, 1995 
    10      Material contracts
    *10.01  1981 Incentive Stock Option
            Plan, as amended                 2-80506   S-8     Sept. 1987  28(e)
    *10.02  Oceaneering Retirement
            Investment Plan, as amended      2-77451   S-8     Oct. 1985    4(f)
    *10.03  Employment Agreement dated 
            August 15, 1986 between 
            John R. Huff and Registrant      0-8418    10-K    March 1987  10(l)
    *10.04  1987 Incentive and Non-
            Qualified Stock Option Plan      33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987  10(o)
    *10.05  Oceaneering International, Inc.
            Special Incentive Plan           33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987  10(n)
    *10.06  Senior Executive Severance
            Plan, as amended                 0-8418    10-K    March 1989  10(k)
    *10.07  Supplemental Senior Executive
            Severance Agreements, as 
            amended                          0-8418    10-K    March 1989  10(l)
     10.08  Oceaneering International, Inc.
            Executive Retirement Plan, 
            as amended
    *10.09  Share Purchase Agreement 
            related to the purchase of 
            Sonsub Limited                   0-8418    8-K     Jan. 1990    2   
    *10.10  1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan    33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990   4(f)
    *10.11  1990 Nonemployee Directors 
            Stock Option Plan                33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990   4(g)
    *10.12  Indemnification Agreement 
            between Registrant and its 
            Directors                        0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991  10(a)
    *10.13  1991 Executive Incentive 
            Agreements                       0-8418    10-K    March 1992  10(p)
     10.14  Restricted Stock Award 
            Agreement
    *10.15  Restricted Stock Award           1-10945   10-K    March 1994  10(q)
            Incentive Agreements
     10.16  Bank Uncommitted Credit Line 
            Agreement dated March 31, 1995
     10.17  1995 Bonus Award Plan
    21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
    23      Consent of Independent Public 
            Accountants
    24      Powers of Attorney
    27      Financial Data Schedule

   *  Indicates  exhibit  previously  filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange
      Commission as indicated and incorporated herein by reference.

     (b)    Reports on Form 8-K.

            The registrant filed no reports on Form 8-K  during the last quarter
            of the period covered by this report.



                                      SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to  the  requirements  of Section  13  or  15(d) of  the  Securities
   Exchange  Act of  1934, the  registrant has  duly  caused this  report to  be
   signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.



     Date:  June 21, 1995               By: //s//JOHN R. HUFF
                                        John R. Huff
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

   Pursuant to  the requirements of  the Securities  Exchange Act of  1934, this
   report  has been  signed below  by the  following  persons on  behalf of  the
   registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     Signature              Title                                  Date


   //s// JOHN R. HUFF       President, Principal                   June 21, 1995
   John R. Huff             Executive Officer, Director


   //s// MARVIN J. MIGURA   Senior Vice President,                 June 21, 1995
   Marvin J. Migura         Principal Financial Officer



   //s// RICHARD V. CHIDLOW Controller, Principal                  June 21, 1995
   Richard V. Chidlow       Accounting Officer


   GORDON M. ANDERSON*      Director
   CHARLES B. EVANS*        Director
   DAVID S. HOOKER*         Director
   D. MICHAEL HUGHES*       Director



   *By: //s// GEORGE R. HAUBENREICH, JR.                           June 21, 1995
        George R. Haubenreich, Jr.
        Attorney-in-Fact <PAGE>
 






                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


     Index to Financial Statements

     Report of Independent Public Accountants

     Consolidated Balance Sheets

     Consolidated Statements of Income

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     Selected Quarterly Financial Data


     Index to Schedules

     Schedules have been  omitted because of the absence  of the condition under
     which they are required or because  the required information is included in
     the financial statements or related footnotes thereto.


                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     To Oceaneering International, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oceaneering
     International, Inc. (a  Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries  as of March
     31,  1995 and  1994, and  the  related consolidated  statements of  income,
     shareholders' equity  and cash  flows for  each of the  three years  in the
     period  ended  March  31,  1995.     These  financial  statements  are  the
     responsibility of  the  Company's management.    Our responsibility  is  to
     express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our  audits in  accordance with  generally accepted  auditing
     standards.  Those  standards require that we plan and  perform the audit to
     obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
     of  material misstatement.  An  audit includes examining,  on a test basis,
     evidence  supporting   the  amounts   and  disclosures  in   the  financial
     statements.   An audit  also includes  assessing the  accounting principles
     used and  significant estimates made  by management, as well  as evaluating
     the overall financial statement  presentation.  We believe that  our audits
     provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our  opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
     in   all  material   respects,  the   financial  position   of  Oceaneering
     International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
     results of  their operations  and their  cash flows for  each of  the three
     years  in  the period  ended March  31, 1995  in conformity  with generally
     accepted accounting principles.



     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


     Houston, Texas
     May 18, 1995



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (in thousands)

                                       ASSETS
                                                            

                                              March 31, 1995   March 31, 1994
                                                              
      CURRENT ASSETS:

         Cash and cash equivalents                 $  12,865       $  26,486
         Accounts receivable, net of
         allowances for doubtful accounts
         of $1,238 and $1,023                         58,360          51,563

         Prepaid expenses and other                    4,613           2,764

            Total current assets                      75,838          80,813

      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost:

         Marine services equipment                   175,528         136,799
         Mobile offshore production equipment         24,694          24,464
         Other                                        28,648          25,658

                                                     228,870         186,921
         Less accumulated depreciation               134,515         114,153

            Net property and equipment                94,355          72,768

      INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS:

         Goodwill, net of amortization of
         $1,546 and $576                              13,051          14,021

         Other                                         4,508           4,391

      TOTAL ASSETS                                  $187,752        $171,993


                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          (in thousands, except share data)

                         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                             March 31, 1995   March 31, 1994

      CURRENT LIABILITIES:

          Accounts payable                         $ 15,110        $ 13,773
          Accrued liabilities                        29,870          25,808
          Income taxes payable                        7,634           6,683
          Current portion of long-term debt             118             124

             Total current liabilities               52,732          46,388

      LONG-TERM DEBT                                  9,472             171

      OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                     9,507          10,912

      MINORITY INTERESTS                                901           1,169

      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
          Common Stock, par value $0.25;
             90,000,000 shares authorized;
             24,017,046 and 23,995,796
             shares issued                            6,004           5,999
          Additional paid-in capital                 80,800          80,062
          Treasury stock, 977,363 shares at cost     (8,596)             --
          Retained Earnings                          44,199          38,703
          Cumulative translation adjustments         (7,267)        (11,411)

             Total shareholders' equity             115,140         113,353

      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
      EQUITY                                       $187,752        $171,993

                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



            OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (in thousands, except share data)

                                     For the Years Ended March 31,

                                         1995      1994     1993  

      REVENUES                       $239,936  $229,760   $215,603
      COST OF SERVICES                190,772   177,199    157,048
      SELLING, GENERAL AND
      ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES          36,410    31,631     32,903

         Income from operations        12,754    20,930     25,652

      INTEREST INCOME                     547       831      1,104
      INTEREST EXPENSE                   (695)     (951)    (1,353)
      OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET        (383)       48        (21)
      MINORITY INTERESTS                  287       (99)      (225)

         Income before income taxes    12,510    20,759     25,157

      PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES       (7,014)   (5,828)    (5,756)

      NET INCOME                      $ 5,496  $ 14,931   $ 19,401


      NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
      EQUIVALEN                       $  0.23   $  0.62    $  0.82

                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    (in thousands)
                
                                                       For the Years Ended 
                                                            March 31,
                                                    1995     1994     1993 

        CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
            Net income                             $ 5,496  $14,931 $19,401
            Adjustments to reconcile net income to
            net cash provided by operating
            activities:
                Depreciation and amortization       16,232   12,196  11,528
                Currency translation adjustments
                and other                            1,221     (174) (2,463)
                Decrease (increase) in accounts
                receivable                          (6,797)   2,601  (4,696)
                Decrease (increase) in prepaid
                expenses and other current assets   (1,849)   2,433  (1,034)
                Decrease (increase) in other assets (1,986)     (41)    161
                Increase (decrease) in accounts
                payable                              1,331   (4,048)  4,176
                Increase (decrease) in accrued
                liabilities                          4,062   (1,840) (1,116)
                Increase in income taxes payable       951      265   1,628
                Increase (decrease) in other long-
                term liabilities                    (1,673)   1,564  (2,500)

            Total adjustments to net income         11,492   12,956   5,684

        NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES   16,988   27,887  25,085

        CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                      
            Purchases of property and equipment    (32,057) (15,394)(11,996)
            Business acquisitions, net of cash
            acquired                                    --  (21,336)     --
            Other investing activities                  --      528     244

        NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES      (32,057) (36,202)(11,752)

        CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                      
            Proceeds from long-term bank
            borrowings                               9,400       --      --
            Payments on revolving 
            note payable                                --       --  (1,314)
            Payments on long-term debt                 (99)     (96) (2,731)
            Proceeds from issuance of common stock     743      924   1,404
            Purchases of treasury stock             (8,596)      --      --

        NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
        ACTIVITIES                                   1,448      828  (2,641)
        NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
        EQUIVALENTS                                (13,621)  (7,487) 10,692
        CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF
        YEAR                                        26,486   33,973  23,281
        CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF YEAR    $12,865  $26,486 $33,973

                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                              For the Years Ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                                  (in thousands)

                                                          Additional                               Cumulative
                                  Common Stock Issued       Paid-in       Treasury     Retained      Translation
                                  Shares        Amount      Capital       Stock        Earnings      Adjustment     Total
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>     

Balance, March 31, 1992           23,335      $ 5,834       $77,343           --       $ 4,237        $  (792)     $86,622

Net Income                            --           --            --           --        19,401             --       19,401
Pooling adjustment                    --           --            --           --           134             --          134
Translation adjustments               --           --            --           --            --         (9,463)      (9,463)
Stock options and warrants
exercised                            238           59         1,345           --            --             --        1,404
Tax benefit from exercise of
options                               --           --           233           --            --             --          233

Balance, March 31, 1993           23,573        5,893        78,921           --        23,772        (10,255)      98,331

Net Income                            --           --            --           --        14,931             --       14,931
Translation adjustments               --           --            --           --            --         (1,156)      (1,156)
Stock options exercised               84           21           519           --            --             --          540
Restricted Stock issued              339           85           299           --            --             --          384
Tax benefit from exercise of
options                               --           --           323           --            --             --          323

Balance, March 31, 1994           23,996        5,999        80,062           --        38,703        (11,411)     113,353

Net Income                            --           --            --           --         5,496             --        5,496
Translation adjustments               --           --            --           --            --          4,144        4,144
Stock options exercised               21            5           104           --            --             --          109
Restricted Stock plan
compensation expense                  --           --           634           --            --             --          634
Treasury stock purchase of
977 shares at cost                    --           --            --       (8,596)           --             --       (8,596)

Balance, March 31, 1995           24,017      $ 6,004       $80,800      $(8,596)      $44,199        $(7,267)    $115,140

                                                  See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
</TABLE>


                                OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     1.   SUMMARY OF MAJOR ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated  financial statements include the  accounts of Oceaneering
     International,  Inc.,  (the  "Company")  and  its  50%  or  more owned  and
     controlled subsidiaries.    The Company  accounts  for its  investments  in
     unconsolidated  affiliated   companies  under  the  equity   method.    All
     significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

     In August  1992, the Company exchanged  807,501 shares of its  Common Stock
     for  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Eastport  International,  Inc.,
     ("Eastport") in  a transaction  accounted for  as a  pooling of  interests.
     Eastport was a designer, developer and operator of advanced robotic systems
     and Remotely  Operated Vehicles  ("ROVs") specializing in  the non-oilfield
     market.

     In May  1993, the Company  purchased the business  and assets of  the Space
     Systems  Division of  ILC Dover, Inc.  ("ILC").  ILC  designs, develops and
     fabricates  spacecraft hardware  and high temperature  insulation products.
     In July  1993,  the Company  purchased Oil  Industry  Engineering, Inc.,  a
     designer and  fabricator of subsea control  systems and in March  1994, the
     Company  purchased the  operating subsidiaries  of Multiflex  International
     Inc., a manufacturer of subsea control umbilical cables.  Total cost of the
     three acquisitions was  $21,336,000 cash.  The acquisitions  were accounted
     for  under the purchase method and the  operating results of the businesses
     acquired are  included  in the  consolidated  financial statements  of  the
     Company from the respective dates of acquisition.  The costs of acquisition
     have been allocated  on the basis of the estimated fair value of the assets
     acquired and liabilities assumed.  This allocation resulted in goodwill  of
     approximately $14,000,000.    Had these  acquisitions  taken place  at  the
     beginning of fiscal 1993, unaudited pro forma revenues, net income, and net
     income per common share equivalent of  the Company for fiscal 1994 and 1993
     would  have been  $259,282,000,  $15,400,000 and  $0.64, and  $256,465,000,
     $19,626,000 and $0.83, respectively.   The pro  forma information has  been
     prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of
     the operating results  that would have occurred had  the acquisitions taken
     place  at  the   beginning  of  fiscal   1993  nor  are  they   necessarily
     representative of operating results which may occur in the future.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash and  cash  equivalents  include  demand  deposits  and  highly  liquid
     investments with original maturities of three months or fewer from the date
     of  the  investment.    Approximately  $1,500,000  and  $1,300,000  of  the
     Company's cash at March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, was restricted and
     is   deposited as security in interest  bearing accounts in connection with
     legal proceedings.

          Depreciation and Amortization

     The Company provides  for depreciation of Property and  Equipment primarily
     on the  straight-line method over estimated  useful lives of 3  to 12 years
     for marine  services  equipment, 10  years for  mobile offshore  production
     equipment  and  3  to  25  years  for  buildings,  improvements  and  other
     equipment.

     The costs  of repair and maintenance of  Property and Equipment are charged
     to operations as incurred, while the costs of improvements are capitalized.
     Upon the  disposition  of property  and  equipment, the  related  cost  and
     accumulated  depreciation accounts are  relieved and the  resulting gain or
     loss is included in other income (expense).

     Goodwill arising from  business acquisitions is amortized on  the straight-
     line method over 15 years.

          Revenue Recognition

     Substantially all of the  Company's revenue is derived from  billings under
     contracts that provide  for specific time, material  and equipment charges,
     which are accrued daily and billed monthly.  Significant lump-sum contracts
     are accounted for  using the percentage-of-completion method.   Revenues on
     contracts  with  a substantial  element  of  research and  development  are
     recognized to  the extent  of cost  until such time  as the  probable final
     profitability can be determined.  Anticipated losses on  contracts, if any,
     are recorded in the period that such losses are first determinable.

          Income Taxes

     Effective fiscal  1994, the Company adopted  Financial Accounting Standards
     Board  standard number ("SFAS")  109, "Accounting for  Income Taxes", which
     supersedes SFAS 96.  The cumulative impact of the adoption of this standard
     was not material.

          Foreign Currency Translation

     All balance  sheet asset and liability accounts of foreign subsidiaries are
     translated  into U.S.  dollars at  the rate  of exchange  in effect  at the
     balance  sheet  date.   All  income  statement accounts  are  translated at
     average exchange  rates during the  year.   Adjustments arising from  these
     translations  are accumulated  in a  separate account  within Shareholders'
     Equity.

          Net Income Per Common Share Equivalent

     Net income  per common share equivalent  has been computed on  the basis of
     the weighted  average number  of shares  of Common Stock  and Common  Share
     Equivalents  outstanding in  each fiscal  year (24,047,000,  24,069,000 and
     23,788,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively).

          Other Long-Term Liabilities

     Other long-term liabilities include $6,566,000  and $7,289,000 at March 31,
     1995 and 1994, respectively, for self-insurance reserves not expected to be
     paid  out in  the  following fiscal  year  and  $2,441,000 and  $2,623,000,
     respectively, for deferred income taxes.

          Reclassifications

     Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform with the
     current year presentation.

     2.   INCOME TAXES

     The  Company and  its domestic  subsidiaries, including  acquired companies
     from the  respective  dates of  acquisition,  file a  consolidated  federal
     income tax  return.   The Company  conducts its operations  in a  number of
     foreign locations which  have varying codes and regulations  with regard to
     income  and  other taxes,  some  of  which are  subject  to interpretation.
     Foreign  income  taxes  are  provided  at  the  appropriate  tax  rates  in
     accordance  with  the  Company's   interpretation  of  the  respective  tax
     regulations after review and consultation with its internal tax department,
     tax consultants  and, in some cases,  legal counsel in the  various foreign
     locations.  Management believes that adequate provisions have been made for
     all taxes which will ultimately be payable.

     Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  temporary differences  in  the
     recognition  of  income  and  expenses  for  financial  and  tax  reporting
     purposes.   The  Company's policy  is to  provide for deferred  U.S. income
     taxes on unrepatriated foreign income only to the extent such income is not
     to be invested indefinitely in the related foreign entity.

     The provision for income taxes for  the year ended March 31, 1995, includes
     a  provision for  U.S. federal  and state  income taxes  of $5,080,000  and
     foreign taxes of  $1,934,000.  The provision for income  taxes for the year
     ended  March 31,  1994, included  a provision  for U.S.  federal and  state
     income taxes of $3,120,000 and foreign taxes of $2,708,000.   The provision
     for income  taxes for the year  ended March 31, 1993,  included a provision
     for U.S. federal and state income  taxes of $2,248,000 and foreign taxes of
     $3,508,000.   As of March 31,  1995, the Company had  loss carryforwards of
     approximately  $18,000,000  which are  available  to  reduce future  United
     Kingdom Corporation Tax which would otherwise be payable.

     The provision for income taxes for  the year ended March 31, 1995, consists
     of $9,021,000  for current taxes less  a $2,007,000 change in  net deferred
     taxes.    The provisions  for  the  years ended  March  31,  1994 and  1993
     consisted primarily of current taxes.

     Cash taxes paid  were $8,070,000, $5,785,000 and $4,949,000  for the fiscal
     years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
     As of  March  31, 1995,  the Company's  worldwide deferred  tax assets  and
     liabilities and related valuation reserves were as follows:

                                               March 31,  
                                             1995      1994 
                                             (in thousands)

     Gross deferred tax assets             $10,807   $10,774
     Valuation allowance                    (7,002)   (8,794)
          Net deferred tax assets           $3,805    $1,980

          Deferred tax liabilities          $2,441    $2,623


     The  Company's deferred tax assets consist  primarily of net operating loss
     carryforwards ("NOLs") in its United Kingdom subsidiary; these NOLs have no
     expiration   date.     Deferred  tax   liabilities  consist   primarily  of
     depreciation and amortization.

     The  Company has established a valuation  allowance for deferred tax assets
     after  taking into account factors that  are likely to affect the Company's
     ability to utilize the tax assets.  In particular, the Company conducts its
     business  through several  foreign subsidiaries  and, although  the Company
     expects its consolidated operations to be profitable, there is no assurance
     that profits will  be earned in entities  or jurisdictions which have  NOLs
     available.   Since  April  1,  1994, changes  in  the  valuation  allowance
     primarily  relate  to   the  expected  utilization  of  foreign   NOLs  and
     realization of foreign tax credits. 

     Income taxes, computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to
     income before  income taxes and  minority interests, are  reconciled to the
     actual provisions for income taxes as follows:

                                                     For the Years Ended 
                                                          March 31, 
                                                  1995      1994     1993  
                                                        (in thousands)

     Computed U.S. statutory expense             $ 4,278   $ 7,300  $ 8,630
     Utilization of foreign
     NOL carryforwards                                --        --   (3,166)
     Change in valuation allowances                  333    (1,723)      --
     Withholding taxes and foreign
     earnings taxed at rates different
     from U.S. statutory rates and other, net      2,403       251      292

     Total provision for income taxes            $ 7,014   $ 5,828  $ 5,756


     3.   DEBT

     Long-term debt:                               March 31,  
                                                1995      1994 
                                                (in thousands)

     Bank debt                                 $9,400    $   --
     Capital lease obligations                    190       295
     Less: Current portion                       (118)     (124)
     Total long-term debt                      $9,472    $  171


                                  Maturity Schedule 
                                    (in thousands)

                          Fiscal Year
                              1996                 $   118
                              1997                      72
                              1998                      --
                              1999                   4,700
                              2000                   4,700



          Credit Agreement

     On April 12,  1995 the Company  and a group  of banks signed  a new  credit
     agreement in  the amount of $75,000,000 (the "Credit Agreement").  Existing
     short-term bank borrowings of $9,400,000 were subsequently refinanced under
     the Credit Agreement at an interest rate of 6.75% per annum.  Consequently,
     $65,600,000 of  the $75,000,000  was available  at that date.   There  is a
     commitment  fee of  .225% per  annum on  the unused  portion of  the Credit
     Agreement.

     Under the  Credit Agreement, the Company  has the option to  borrow dollars
     through  Euro-Dollar loans at  the London Interbank  Offered Rate ("LIBOR")
     plus 5/8%, certificate of deposit loans at the reserve adjusted certificate
     of  deposit rate plus  3/4%, or base  rate loans at the  agent bank's prime
     rate.   The agreement  contains certain  restrictive covenants  relative to
     consolidated  debt, tangible net  worth and  fixed charge coverage.   Loans
     under the agreement  are unsecured.  Under the agreement, dividends may not
     exceed 50% of cumulative consolidated net income from December 31, 1994.

     The Company has an uncommitted credit agreement dated March 31, 1995 with a
     bank in  the amount of  $20,000,000 for use  for borrowings and  letters of
     credit (the  "Uncommitted Line").   As of March  31, 1995, the  Company had
     approximately $7,400,000  in letters  of credit outstanding  issued through
     credit lines available  under a prior loan agreement.   These were included
     within the Uncommitted Line on April  12, 1995, and the prior agreement was
     terminated.

     Effective October 1, 1991, the Company  entered into an interest rate  swap
     agreement to  reduce  the impact  of  changes  in interest  rates  under  a
     previous term loan facility.  The notional amount declines by $1,500,000 on
     the first business  day of  each calendar  quarter and  was $10,500,000  at
     March 31, 1995.   The fixed rate in the swap is 7.9%  and the floating rate
     is  the three-month  LIBOR.   The differential  to be  paid or  received is
     recognized as interest expense or income on a current basis.

     Cash interest  payments of $889,000, $1,136,000 and $1,247,000 were made in
     fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

     4.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

          Retirement Investment Plans

     The  Company currently  has  four separate  employee retirement  investment
     plans  which cover  its full-time  employees.   The Oceaneering  Retirement
     Investment Plan is a deferred compensation plan in which domestic employees
     may participate  by deferring a portion  of their gross monthly  salary and
     directing the Company  to contribute the deferred amount to  the plan.  The
     Company matches  a portion  of the  deferred compensation.   The  Company's
     contributions to the plan were $992,000, $807,000 and $409,000 for the plan
     years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.  When acquired,
     Eastport  had a defined  contribution plan  covering substantially  all its
     employees.   Eastport's contributions to its plan were $17,000 for the six-
     month period ended December 31, 1992,  and $285,000 for the plan year ended
     June 30,  1992.    The  Eastport  plan  was  merged  with  the  Oceaneering
     Retirement Investment  Plan on December 31,  1992.  The second  plan is the
     Oceaneering  International Services  Pension  Scheme for  employees in  the
     United  Kingdom.   The  Company provides  funding for  this  plan based  on
     actuarial calculations.  The plan assets exceed vested benefits and are not
     material to the assets of the Company.  Company contributions were $67,000,
     $85,000 and  $105,000 for the  years ended March  31, 1995, 1994  and 1993,
     respectively.  There have been no new participants in this plan since March
     1990.  The  third plan is  the Personal Pension Plan  for employees in  the
     United  Kingdom.    Under  this  plan,  which became  effective  May  1991,
     employees may contribute  a portion  of their  gross monthly  salary.   The
     Company also  contributes  a portion  of  the participants'  gross  monthly
     salary.  Company  contributions to this plan for the  years ended March 31,
     1995, 1994 and 1993, were $108,000, $62,000 and $57,000, respectively.  The
     fourth plan, the Oceaneering International, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan,
     covers selected key management  employees and executives of the  Company as
     approved by the Compensation Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors
     ("Compensation Committee").  The participants in this plan may contribute a
     portion of their gross monthly salary and the Company matches up to 100% of
     that contribution.   Company  expense related to the  plan during the years
     ended March 31, 1995, 1994  and 1993, was $287,000, $220,000 and  $221,000,
     respectively.

          Incentive and Stock Option Plans

     The Company has  in effect shareholder approved  nonemployee director stock
     option and long-term incentive plans.  Under the  1990 Nonemployee Director
     Stock Option Plan ("Nonemployee Director Plan"), options to purchase up  to
     an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock may be granted
     to nonemployee directors  of the Company.  Each director  of the Company is
     automatically granted an option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock on
     the  date the director  becomes a nonemployee  director of  the Company and
     each year  thereafter at an  exercise price per  share equal to  50% of the
     fair market  value of a  share of Common  Stock on the  date the option  is
     granted.  The options granted are  not exercisable until the later to occur
     of six months from the date of grant or the date the optionee has completed
     two years of  service as a  director of the  Company.  Expense  is recorded
     related to these options which have an exercise price less than fair market
     value on the date the option is granted.   Expense recorded in fiscal 1995,
     1994 and 1993 was not material.

     Under the  1990 Long-Term  Incentive Plan  ("Incentive Plan"),  a total  of
     1,600,000 shares of Common Stock, or cash equivalents  of Common Stock, are
     available for awards to employees  and other persons (excluding nonemployee
     directors) having an important business  relationship with the Company  and
     its subsidiaries.  The  Incentive Plan is administered by  the Compensation
     Committee, which  determines the type  or types of  award(s) to be  made to
     each participant and  sets forth in the related  award agreement the terms,
     conditions  and limitations  applicable to  each  award.   The Compensation
     Committee may  grant stock  options, stock  appreciation rights,  stock and
     cash awards.   Options are  normally granted at  not less than  fair market
     value of the optioned shares at the date of grant.  Options outstanding are
     exercisable over a period up to ten  years, vesting at the rate of 20%  per
     year for three years  beginning one year after grant and 40%  at the end of
     the  fourth year.   In fiscal  1992, the Compensation  Committee granted to
     certain  key executives  of the  Company contingent  cash incentive  awards
     totaling a maximum aggregate amount of $2,000,000 payable over a three-year
     period, conditional upon  the achievement of certain performance  goals for
     the Company's  Common Stock and continued  employment of participants.   In
     September 1992, the performance requirement for the  Company's Common Stock
     was met; in September 1993 and September 1994, respectively, the second and
     third of  four equal  installments were  paid to  the participants.   After
     taking into account amounts paid and forfeitures, the maximum amount of the
     awards remaining  to  be  paid  is  $412,500,  conditional  upon  continued
     employment of participants.  During fiscal 1994, the Compensation Committee
     granted to certain key executives of the Company restricted Common Stock of
     the Company designed  (i) to  make a  material portion  of their  potential
     future compensation contingent on performance of the Company's Common Stock
     and (ii) to retain their employ with the Company.  These grants are subject
     to earning  requirements on the  basis of  a percentage change  between the
     price of the Common Stock  of the Company versus the average of  the Common
     Stock price of a peer group of companies over a three-year time period.  Up
     to one-third of the total grant may be earned  each year depending upon the
     cumulative  Company's  Common Stock  performance,  with  any amount  earned
     subject to  vesting in four equal installments over three years conditional
     upon  continued employment.   At  the time  of each vesting,  a participant
     receives a tax assistance payment which  the participant must reimburse the
     Company if the vested Common Stock  is sold by the participant within three
     years after the vesting  date.  In June  1994, the entire one-third of  the
     total  grant was  earned, subject  to vesting requirements.   At  March 31,
     1995, a total of 28,250 shares was vested and a  total of 310,750 shares of
     restricted stock was outstanding under these grants, of which 84,750 shares
     were earned, subject to vesting requirements.

     The Company also  has in effect three other stock  option plans under which
     options  to  purchase have  been  issued  to  employees and  other  persons
     affiliated  with the  Company.   Since approval  of the Incentive  Plan, no
     further  grants or awards  under these three  stock option  plans have been
     made  or can  be made  or granted.   All  of these  stock option  plans are
     administered  by the Compensation Committee.  Options were normally granted
     at not  less than the fair market value of  the optioned shares at the date
     of grant.

     Options   outstanding,  under   these  three   plans  which   were  granted
     periodically from  May 1988 to December 1992, are normally exercisable over
     a five-year or ten-year  term with vesting at the rate of  20% per year for
     three years beginning one year after  the date of grant and 40% at  the end
     of the  fourth year.   Options issued  under one  of these plans,  the 1987
     Special  Incentive Plan, are  exercisable in 20% increments  on each of the
     first five anniversaries of the date of grant.

     During fiscal 1995, under  the Incentive Plan, options to  purchase 408,500
     shares were granted  at prices ranging from $6.5625 to  $12.0625.  At March
     31, 1995, options to purchase 1,422,080 shares at prices ranging from $4.00
     to $16.00 were outstanding and options to purchase 671,130 shares at prices
     ranging from  $4.00 to $16.00 were  exercisable.  At March  31, 1995, there
     were  294,150 shares under the plans available  for grant, of which 232,150
     could be used for awarding stock options, stock  appreciation rights, stock
     and cash awards.

     5.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

          Lease Commitments

     At  March  31,   1995,  the  Company  occupied   several  facilities  under
     noncancellable  operating leases  expiring at  various dates  through 2065.
     Future minimum rentals under these leases are as follows:

                    1996                       $2,259,000
                    1997                        1,689,000
                    1998                        1,573,000
                    1999                        1,429,000
                    2000                          728,000
                    Thereafter                  1,574,000

                    TOTAL LEASE COMMITMENTS    $9,252,000

     Rental expense, which  includes hire of vessels, specialized  equipment and
     real  estate   rental,  was  approximately  $12,680,000,   $15,976,000  and
     $18,531,000  for  the  years   ended  March  31,   1995,  1994  and   1993,
     respectively.

          Insurance

     The Company  self-insures for  workers'  compensation, maritime  employer's
     liability and comprehensive general liability claims to levels it considers
     financially prudent and  carries insurance after the initial  claim levels,
     which can be  by occurrence or  in the aggregate, are  met by the  Company.
     Management  believes  that  adequate  accruals have  been  established  for
     expected liabilities arising from such obligations.

          Litigation

     Various  actions  and  claims  are  pending  against  the  Company and  its
     subsidiaries, most  of which are covered  by insurance.  In  the opinion of
     management,  the ultimate liability,  if any,  which may result  from these
     actions and  claims will not  materially affect the  consolidated financial
     position or results of operations of the Company.

          Letters of Credit

     The Company had $7,600,000 and  $6,600,000 in letters of credit outstanding
     as of  March 31, 1995  and 1994, respectively,  as guarantees in  force for
     various performance  and bid bonds  which are usually  for a period  of one
     year or the duration of the contract.

          Financial Instruments and Risk Concentration

     Financial   instruments   which   potentially  subject   the   Company   to
     concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, bank
     borrowings and  accounts receivable.  The  carrying value of cash  and cash
     equivalents and  bank borrowings approximates  fair value due to  the short
     maturity of those  instruments.  Accounts  receivable are generated from  a
     broad  and diverse  group  of customers  primarily from  within  the energy
     industry, which  is the  Company's major source  of revenues.   The Company
     maintains  an   allowance  for   doubtful  accounts  based   upon  expected
     collectibility.

     6.   OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA

          Business Segment Information

     The Company supplies a comprehensive range of integrated technical services
     to a wide array  of industries and is one of the world's largest underwater
     services  contractors.   The  Company's Oilfield  Marine Services  business
     consists of underwater construction, underwater  and above-water inspection
     and maintenance (including repair), survey  and engineering.  The Company's
     Offshore Field Development business  includes the engineering, procurement,
     construction and installation of mobile offshore production systems, subsea
     intervention  services  and  the  production of  subsea  control  umbilical
     cables.   The  Company's  Advanced Technologies  business provides  project
     management, engineering  services and  equipment for applications  in harsh
     environments, primarily in non-oilfield markets.

     The following summarizes certain financial data by business segment:

                                         For the Years Ended March 31,
                                            1995      1994      1993
                                                 (in thousands)
     Revenues

     Oilfield Marine Services            $106,294  $122,625  $144,790
     Offshore Field Development            62,918    37,121    17,580
     Advanced Technologies                 70,724    70,014    53,233
          Total                          $239,936  $229,760  $215,603

     Income from Operations

     Oilfield Marine Services            $ (2,485) $  9,194  $ 16,012
     Offshore Field Development             6,676     1,191     3,031
     Advanced Technologies                  8,563    10,545     6,609
          Total                          $ 12,754  $ 20,930  $ 25,652

     Identifiable Assets

     Oilfield Marine Services            $ 86,422  $ 70,259  $ 78,985
     Offshore Field Development            53,124    45,153    24,192
     Advanced Technologies                 28,520    24,393    10,050
          Total                          $168,066  $139,805  $113,227

     Capital Expenditures

     Oilfield Marine Services            $ 25,916  $  9,261  $  9,819
     Offshore Field Development             1,263    16,465    --
     Advanced Technologies                  4,878    11,004     2,177
          Total                          $ 32,057  $ 36,730  $ 11,996

     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

     Oilfield Marine Services            $  7,861  $  6,950  $  6,553
     Offshore Field Development             4,690     2,276     2,780
     Advanced Technologies                  3,681     2,970     2,195
          Total                          $ 16,232  $ 12,196  $ 11,528

     Income from  operations  for each  business  segment is  determined  before
     interest income  or  expense, other  expense,  minority interests  and  the
     provision for income taxes.  An allocation of these items is not considered
     practical.  All assets specifically  identified with a particular  business
     segment have been segregated.  Cash  and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses
     and  other current assets, investments and  other assets and long-term debt
     have not been allocated to particular business segments.

     Revenues of approximately $34,000,000 in fiscal 1995, $26,000,000 in fiscal
     1994 and $26,000,000  in fiscal 1993 were from the  Royal Dutch Shell group
     of companies.  No other individual  customer accounted for more than 10% of
     revenues in fiscal 1995, 1994 or 1993.

          Geographic Operating Areas

     Financial data by geographic area is summarized as follows:

                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      1995         1994       1993
                                             (in thousands)

      REVENUES                                       
      United States                 $117,630    $ 89,401  $ 72,983
      North Sea                       48,934      60,515    50,587
      Far East                        22,924      24,343    29,753
      Africa                          36,361      36,510    45,802
      Other                           14,087      18,991    16,478
      TOTAL                         $239,936    $229,760  $215,603
                                                        
      INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTERESTS
      United States                 $  2,856    $  5,003  $  4,802
      North Sea                          188       6,451     5,114
      Far East                           353         804     2,352
      Africa                           6,582       4,051     9,112
      Other                            2,244       4,549     4,002
      TOTAL                         $ 12,223    $ 20,858  $ 25,382

      TOTAL ASSETS
      United States                 $ 87,405    $ 91,281  $ 68,054
      North Sea                       52,449      30,235    29,902
      Far East                         9,386       8,206    12,007
      Africa                          33,374      39,459    43,290
      Other                            5,138       2,812     1,271
      TOTAL                         $187,752    $171,993  $154,524


     7.   ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

                                                    March 31,  
                                               1995       1994
                                                (in thousands)

     Payroll and related costs                $11,899   $10,437
     Accrued job costs                          9,587     6,906
     Other                                      8,384     8,465

     TOTAL ACCRUED LIABILITIES                $29,870   $25,808



                           SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

                         (in thousands, except per share data)
                                      (unaudited)



      Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1995        Quarter Ended

                                June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31  Mar. 31      Total

    Revenues                    $63,370    $66,898   $55,203  $54,465   $239,936

    Gross profit                 14,094     15,383     8,622   11,065     49,164

    Income(loss) from
    operations                    5,728      6,572   (1,196)    1,650     12,754

    Net income(loss)              3,666      4,260   (2,850)      420      5,496

    Earnings(loss) per
    common share equivalent      $ 0.15     $ 0.18   $(0.12)   $ 0.02     $ 0.23

    Weighted average number
    of shares outstanding        24,183     24,204    24,150   23,650     24,047



    Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1994        Quarter Ended

                                June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31  Mar. 31     Total 

    Revenues                    $59,394    $65,535   $55,492  $49,339   $229,760

    Gross profit                 13,531     13,878    12,982   12,170     52,561

    Income from operations        6,168      6,254     5,223    3,285     20,930

    Net income                    4,717      4,766     3,889    1,559     14,931

    Earnings per common
    share equivalent             $ 0.20     $ 0.20    $ 0.16   $ 0.06     $ 0.62

    Weighted average number
    of shares outstanding        23,830     24,137    24,169   24,140     24,069


                                     EXHIBIT INDEX

                                            Registration                        
                                            or File   Form or            Exhibit
  Exhibit                                   Number    Report   Date       Number

    3      Articles of Incorporation 
           and By-laws
    *3.01  Certificate of Incorporation,
           as amended                       0-8418    10-K    March 1988    3(a)
    *3.02  By-laws, as amended              0-8418    10-K    March 1987    3(b)
    *3.03  Amendment to Certificate 
           of Incorporation                 33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990    4(b)
    *3.04  Amendment to By-laws             0-8418    10-K    March 1991    3(d)
    *3.05  Amendment to By-laws             1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992     2
    4      Instruments defining the rights 
           of security holders, including 
           indentures
    *4.01  Specimen of Common Stock 
           Certificate                      1-10945   10-K    March 1993    4(a)
    *4.02  Interest Rate and Currency 
           Exchange Agreement dated 
           July 29, 1991                    0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991    4(a)
    *4.03  Shareholder Rights Agreement
           dated November 20, 1992          1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992     1   
     4.04  Bank Credit Agreement dated
           April 12, 1995 
   10      Material contracts
   *10.01  1981 Incentive Stock Option
           Plan, as amended                 2-80506   S-8     Sept. 1987   28(e)
   *10.02  Oceaneering Retirement
           Investment Plan, as amended      2-77451   S-8     Oct. 1985     4(f)
   *10.03  Employment Agreement dated 
           August 15, 1986 between 
           John R. Huff and Registrant      0-8418    10-K    March 1987   10(l)
   *10.04  1987 Incentive and Non-
           Qualified Stock Option Plan      33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987   10(o)
   *10.05  Oceaneering International, Inc.
           Special Incentive Plan           33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987   10(n)
   *10.06  Senior Executive Severance
           Plan, as amended                 0-8418    10-K    March 1989   10(k)
   *10.07  Supplemental Senior Executive
           Severance Agreements, as 
           amended                          0-8418    10-K    March 1989   10(l)
    10.08  Oceaneering International, Inc.
           Executive Retirement Plan, 
           as amended
   *10.09  Share Purchase Agreement 
           related to the purchase of 
           Sonsub Limited                   0-8418    8-K     Jan. 1990     2   
   *10.10  1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan    33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990    4(f)
   *10.11  1990 Nonemployee Directors 
           Stock Option Plan                33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990    4(g)
   *10.12  Indemnification Agreement 
           between Registrant and its 
           Directors                        0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991   10(a)
   *10.13  1991 Executive Incentive 
           Agreements                       0-8418    10-K    March 1992   10(p)
    10.14  Restricted Stock Award 
           Agreement
   *10.15  Restricted Stock Award           1-10945   10-K    March 1994   10(q)
           Incentive Agreements
    10.16  Bank Uncommitted Credit Line 
           Agreement dated March 31, 1995
    10.17  1995 Bonus Award Plan
   21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
   23      Consent of Independent Public 
           Accountants
   24      Powers of Attorney
   27      Financial Data Schedule
  *  Indicates  exhibit  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission as indicated and incorporated herein by reference.



             EXHIBIT 4.04
                                                           EXECUTION COPY






                                     $75,000,000




                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                     dated as of


                                    April 12, 1995


                                        among



                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.,



                               THE BANKS PARTIES HERETO



                                         and



                      MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                       AS AGENT












                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS                          1

                                                                     Page


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS
              
             SECTION 1.01  Definitions..........................      1
                     1.02  Accounting Terms and Determinations..     13


                                      ARTICLE II
                                      THE CREDIT
              
             SECTION 2.01  Commitments to Lend..................     14
                     2.02  Method of Borrowing..................     15
                     2.03  Notes................................     17
                     2.04  Maturity of Loan.....................     17
                     2.05  Interest Rates.......................     17
                     2.06  Fees.................................     21
                     2.07  Optional Termination or Reduction
                            of Commitments......................     21
                     2.08  Mandatory Termination and
                            Reduction of Commitments............     21
                     2.09  Optional Prepayments.................     22
                     2.10  General Provisions as to Payments....     22
                     2.11  Funding Losses.......................     23
                     2.12  Computation of Interest and Fees.....     23
                     2.13  Maximum Interest Rate................     24
                     2.14  Regulation D Compensation............     24


                                     ARTICLE III
                                      CONDITIONS
              
             SECTION 3.01  Closing..............................     25
                     3.02  Borrowings...........................     26








                                 
          1  The Table of Contents is not a part of this
             Agreement.  

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          i<PAGE>





                                                                     Page





                                      ARTICLE IV
                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
              
             SECTION 4.01   Corporate Existence and Power........     27
                     4.02   Corporate and Governmental 
                              Authorization; Contravention.......     27
                     4.03   Binding Effect.......................     27
                     4.04   Financial Information................     27
                     4.05   Litigation...........................     28
                     4.06   Compliance with ERISA................     28
                     4.07   Taxes................................     29
                     4.08   Subsidiaries.........................     29
                     4.09   Environmental Matters................     29
                     4.10   Regulatory Restrictions on
                              Borrowing..........................     30
                     4.11   Full Disclosure......................     30


                                      ARTICLE V
                                      COVENANTS
              
             SECTION 5.01   Information..........................     30
                     5.02   Payment of Taxes, etc................     33
                     5.03   Maintenance of Property; Insurance...     33
                     5.04   Compliance with Laws.................     33
                     5.05   Inspection of Property, Books 
                              and Records........................     33
                     5.06   Fixed Charge Coverage................     34
                     5.07   Funded Debt..........................     34
                     5.08   Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.......     34
                     5.09   Negative Pledge......................     34
                     5.10   Consolidations, Mergers and Sales
                              of Assets..........................     36
                     5.11   Investments..........................     36
                     5.12   Use of Proceeds......................     37
                     5.13   Maintenance of Existence Change 
                              of Business........................     37
                     5.14   Restricted Payments..................     37
                     5.15   Transactions with Affiliates..........    37







                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          ii<PAGE>





                                                                     Page





                                      ARTICLE VI
                                       DEFAULTS
              
             SECTION 6.01   Events of Default....................     38
                     6.02   Notice of Default....................     41


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                      THE AGENT
              
             SECTION 7.01   Appointment and Authorization........     41
                     7.02   Agent and Affiliates.................     41
                     7.03   Action by Agent......................     41
                     7.04   Consultation with Experts............     41
                     7.05   Liability of Agent...................     41
                     7.06   Indemnification......................     42
                     7.07   Credit Decision......................     42
                     7.08   Successor Agent......................     42


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                               CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
                              AFFECTING FIXED RATE LOANS
              
             SECTION 8.01   Basis for Determining Interest
                              Rate Inadequate or Unfair..........     43
                     8.02   Illegality...........................     43
                     8.03   Increased Cost and Reduced Return....     44
                     8.04   Taxes................................     46
                     8.05   Base Rate Loans Substituted for
                              Affected Fixed Rate Loans..........     48
                     8.06   Substitution of Bank.................     48


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
              
             SECTION 9.01   Notices..............................     49
                     9.02   No Waivers...........................     49
                     9.03   Expenses; Indemnification............     49
                     9.04   Sharing of Set-Offs..................     50
                     9.05   Amendments and Waivers...............     51
                     9.06   Successors and Assigns...............     51
                     9.07   Collateral...........................     53


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                         iii<PAGE>





                                                                     Page




                     9.08   Governing Law; Submission to 
                              Jurisdiction.......................     53
                     9.09   Counterparts; Integration; 
                              Effectiveness......................     53
                     9.10   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.................     53



             Exhibit A    -  Note
             Exhibit B-1  -  Opinion of Baker & Botts, L.L.P.,
                               Special Counsel for the Borrower
             Exhibit B-2  -  Opinion of George R. Haubenreich, Jr.,
                                General Counsel of the Borrower
             Exhibit C    -  Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell,
                               Special Counsel for the Agent
             Exhibit D    -  Extension Agreement
             Exhibit E    -  Assignment and Assumption Agreement
              





























                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          iv<PAGE>








                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT


                       AGREEMENT dated as of April 12, 1995 among
             OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC., the BANKS (as defined
             herein) and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as
             Agent. 

                       The parties hereto agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

                       SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  The following terms,
             as used herein, have the following meanings:

                       "Adjusted CD Rate" has the meaning set forth in
             Section 2.05(b). 

                       "Adjusted Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means
             at any date (i) the consolidated shareholders' investment of
             the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding
             cumulative foreign currency translation, plus (ii) the
             amount (if any) by which such consolidated shareholders'
             investment is reduced as a result of the Stock Repurchase
             Program and minus (iii) all consolidated assets properly
             classified as intangible assets in accordance with generally
             accepted accounting principles.

                       "Administrative Questionnaire" means, with respect
             to each Bank, an administrative questionnaire in the form
             prepared by the Agent and submitted to the Agent (with a
             copy to the Borrower) duly completed by such Bank.

                       "Affiliate" means (i) any Person that directly, or
             indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls the
             Borrower (a "Controlling Person") or (ii) any Person (other
             than the Borrower or a Subsidiary) which is controlled by or
             is under common control with a Controlling Person.  As used
             herein, the term "control" means possession, directly or
             indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
             the management or policies of a Person, whether through the
             ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  




                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          1<PAGE>





                       "Agent" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
             York in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, and
             its successors in such capacity.  

                       "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, as
             amended, restated and modified from time to time. 

                       "Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section
             9.06(c).

                       "Bank" means each bank listed on the signature
             pages hereof, each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to
             Section 9.06, and their respective successors.  

                       "Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum
             equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate for such day and
             (ii) the sum of 1/2 of 1% plus the Federal Funds Rate for
             such day.  

                       "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan to be made as a Base
             Rate Loan pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or
             pursuant to Article VIII. 

                       "Borrower" means Oceaneering International, Inc.,
             a Delaware corporation, and its successors. 

                       "Borrower's 1994 Form 10-K" means the Borrower's
             annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March
             31, 1994, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
             Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

                       "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting
             of Loans made to a Borrower at the same time by each Bank
             severally.  A Borrowing is a "Domestic Borrowing" if such
             Loans are Domestic Loans or a "Euro-Dollar Borrowing" if
             such Loans are Euro-Dollar Loans.  A Domestic Borrowing is a
             "CD Borrowing" if such Domestic Loans are CD Loans or a
             "Base Rate Borrowing" if such Domestic Loans are Base Rate
             Loans. 

                       "CD Base Rate" has the meaning set forth in
             Section 2.05(b). 

                       "CD Loan" means a Loan to be made as a CD Loan
             pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing. 

                       "CD Margin" has the meaning set forth in Section
             2.05(b). 




                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          2<PAGE>





                       "CD Reference Banks" means Texas Commerce Bank
             National Association and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
             New York.

                       "Closing Date" means the date on or after the
             Effective Date on which the Agent shall have received the
             documents specified in or pursuant to Section 3.01.

                       "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
             amended. 

                       "Commitment" means, with respect to each Bank
             listed on the signature pages hereof, the amount set forth
             opposite the name of such Bank on such signature pages (as
             such amount may change pursuant to Section 9.06) and with
             respect to any Bank which becomes a party to this Agreement
             pursuant to Section 9.06, the amount of the Commitment
             thereby assumed by it, in each case as such amount may be
             reduced from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.07 and
             2.08. 

                       "Commitment Reduction Date" means each March 31,
             June 30, September 30 and December 31, from and including
             the June 30 following the Conversion Date, prior to the
             Termination Date, and the Termination Date. 

                       "Completion Guarantees" means completion
             guarantees (if any) to be provided by the Borrower in
             connection with the Soekor Project Debt.

                       "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any fiscal
             period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, determined
             before the effect of any extraordinary or other non-
             recurring gain (but not loss), plus, to the extent deducted
             in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the
             aggregate amount of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii)
             income tax expense and (iii) depreciation, amortization and
             other similar non-cash charges.

                       "Consolidated Funded Debt" means at any date the
             Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Consolidated
             Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis as of such
             date. 

                       "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any
             period, the interest expense of the Borrower and its
             Consolidated Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis
             for such period.

                       "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any fiscal
             period, the net income of the Borrower and its Consolidated

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          3<PAGE>





             Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis for such
             period.

                       "Consolidated Rental Expense" means, for any
             period, the aggregate rental expense of the Borrower and its
             Consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding such expense in respect
             of any lease the term of which is one year or less)
             determined on a consolidated basis for such period.  

                       "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any
             Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be
             consolidated with those of the Borrower in its consolidated
             financial statements as of such date. 

                       "Conversion Date" means April 12, 1998, or, if the
             Revolving Credit Period shall have been extended pursuant to
             Section 2.01(c), April 12, 1999.

                       "Debt" of any Person means at any date, without
             duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed
             money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
             bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii)
             all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase
             price of property or services, except trade accounts payable
             arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all
             obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases,
             (v) all non-contingent obligations (and, for purposes of
             Section 5.09 and the definitions of Material Debt and
             Material Financial Obligations, all contingent obligations)
             of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in
             respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar
             instrument, (vi) all Debt of others secured by a Lien on any
             asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by
             such Person, and (vii) all Debt of others Guaranteed by such
             Person; provided that any Debt of any Person which is
             Guaranteed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to any
             applicable joint venture or other similar arrangement shall
             be deemed Debt of the Borrower or such Subsidiary only to
             the extent of its ratable share thereof in accordance with
             such joint venture arrangement. 

                       "Default" means any condition or event which
             constitutes an Event of Default or which with the giving of
             notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or
             waived, become an Event of Default. 

                       "Derivatives Obligations" of any Person means all
             obligations (other than Debt) of such Person in respect of
             any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate
             transaction, forward purchase, commodity swap, commodity
             option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          4<PAGE>





             option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange
             transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar
             transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate
             swap transaction, currency option or any other similar
             transaction (including any option with respect to any of the
             foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing
             transactions.  

                       "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a
             Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in
             New York City are authorized by law to close. 

                       "Domestic Lending Office" means, as to each Bank,
             its office located at its address set forth in its
             Administrative Questionnaire (or identified in its
             Administrative Questionnaire as its Domestic Lending Office)
             or such other office as such Bank may hereafter designate as
             its Domestic Lending Office by notice to the Borrower and
             the Agent; provided that any Bank may so designate separate
             Domestic Lending Offices for its Base Rate Loans, on the one
             hand, and its CD Loans, on the other hand, in which case all
             references herein to the Domestic Lending Office of such
             Bank shall be deemed to refer to either or both of such
             offices, as the context may require.  

                       "Domestic Loans" means Base Rate Loans or CD Loans
             or both. 

                       "Effective Date" means the date this Agreement
             becomes effective in accordance with Section 9.09.

                       "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal,
             state, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions,
             regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees,
             plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants,
             franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental
             restrictions relating to the environment, the effect of the
             environment on human health or to emissions, discharges or
             releases of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances
             or wastes into the environment including, without
             limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, or
             land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
             distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport
             or handling of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous
             Substances or wastes or the clean-up or other remediation
             thereof.  

                       "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
             Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor statute.



                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          5<PAGE>





                       "ERISA Group" means the Borrower, any Subsidiary
             and all members of a controlled group of corporations and
             all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under
             common control which, together with the Borrower or any
             Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section
             414 of the Code.  

                       "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic
             Business Day on which commercial banks are open for domestic
             and international business (including dealings in Dollar
             deposits) in London. 

                       "Euro-Dollar Lending Office" means, as to each
             Bank, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address
             set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (or identified
             in its Administrative Questionnaire as its Euro-Dollar
             Lending Office) or such other office, branch or affiliate of
             such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its Euro-Dollar
             Lending Office by notice to the Borrower and the Agent.  

                       "Euro-Dollar Loans" means any Loans to be made as
             Euro-Dollar Loans pursuant to the applicable Notice of
             Borrowing. 

                       "Euro-Dollar Margin" has the meaning set forth in
             Section 2.05(c).

                       "Euro-Dollar Reference Banks" means the principal
             London offices of Texas Commerce Bank National Association
             and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.  

                       "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day
             that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect
             on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the
             Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining
             the maximum reserve requirement for a member bank of the
             Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits
             exceeding five billion dollars in respect of "Eurocurrency
             liabilities" (or in respect of any other category of
             liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which
             the interest rate on Euro-Dollar Loans is determined or any
             category of extensions of credit or other assets which
             includes loans by a non-United States office of any Bank to
             United States residents).  

                       "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in
             Section 6.01. 

                       "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate
             per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest
             1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          6<PAGE>





             overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
             Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on
             such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
             York on the Domestic Business Day next succeeding such day,
             provided that (i) if such day is not a Domestic Business
             Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate
             on such transactions on the next preceding Domestic Business
             Day as so published on the next succeeding Domestic Business
             Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next
             succeeding Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for
             such day shall be the average rate quoted to Morgan Guaranty
             Trust Company of New York on such day on such transactions
             as determined by the Agent.

                       "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, at any date,
             the ratio of (i) the sum of Consolidated EBITDA plus
             Consolidated Rental Expense, in each case for the four
             consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its
             Consolidated Subsidiaries ending on or most recently prior
             to such date to (ii) the sum of Consolidated Interest
             Expense and Consolidated Rental Expense for such period plus
             the aggregate principal amount of scheduled amortization of
             long term Debt of the Borrower and its Consolidated
             Subsidiaries during such period.  

                       "Fixed Rate Loans" means CD Loans or Euro-Dollar
             Loans or both. 

                       "Funded Debt" means at any date, with respect to
             any Person, all Debt of such Person which is not a current
             liability as of such date. 

                       "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation,
             contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or
             indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person or in
             any manner providing for the payment of any Debt of any
             other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Debt
             against loss (whether arising by virtue of partnership
             arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets,
             goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or
             otherwise), provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not
             include endorsements for collection or deposit in the
             ordinary course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a
             verb has a correlative meaning. 

                       "Hazardous Substances" means any toxic,
             radioactive, caustic or otherwise hazardous substance,
             including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other
             hydrocarbons, or any substance having any constituent
             elements displaying any of the foregoing characteristics. 


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          7<PAGE>





                        "Interest Period" means:  (1) with respect to
             each Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the
             date of such Borrowing and ending one, two, three or six
             months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the
             applicable Notice of Borrowing; provided that:

                       (a)  any Interest Period which would otherwise end
                  on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall
                  be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business
                  Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in
                  another calendar month, in which case such Interest
                  Period shall end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar
                  Business Day;

                       (b)  any Interest Period which begins on the last
                  Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a
                  day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
                  in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
                  Period) shall, subject to clause (c) below, end on the
                  last Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month; and

                       (c)  if any Interest period includes a date on
                  which a payment of principal of the Loans is required
                  to be made under Section 2.08 but does not end on such
                  date, then (i) the principal amount (if any) of each
                  Euro-Dollar Loan required to be repaid on such date
                  shall have an Interest Period ending on such date and
                  (ii) the remainder (if any) of each such Euro-Dollar
                  Loan shall have an Interest Period determined as set
                  forth above.
              
             (2)  with respect to each CD Borrowing, the period
             commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending 30, 60,
             90 or 180 days thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the
             applicable Notice of Borrowing; provided that:

                       (a)  any Interest Period (other than an Interest
                  Period determined pursuant to clause (b)(i) below)
                  which would otherwise end on a day which is not a
                  Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next
                  succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

                       (b)  if any Interest Period includes a date on
                  which a payment of principal of the Loans is required
                  to be made under Section 2.08 but does not end on such
                  date, then (i) the principal amount (if any) of each CD
                  Loan required to be repaid on such date shall have an
                  Interest Period ending on such date and (ii) the
                  remainder (if any) of each such CD Loan shall have an
                  Interest Period determined as set forth above.


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          8<PAGE>





             (3)  with respect to each Base Rate Borrowing, the period
             commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending 30 days
             thereafter; provided that:

                       (a)  any Interest Period (other than an Interest
                  Period determined pursuant to clause (b) below) which
                  would otherwise end on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar
                  Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
                  Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

                       (b)  any Interest Period which would otherwise end
                  after the Termination Date shall end on the Termination
                  Date.  

                       "Investment" means any investment in any Person,
             whether by means of share purchase, capital contribution,
             loan, time deposit or otherwise, excluding accounts
             receivable from any Person arising in the ordinary course of
             business from the sale of goods or services.  

                        "Lending Office" means as to any Bank its
             Domestic Lending Office or its Euro-Dollar Lending Office,
             as the context may require. 

                       "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any
             mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or
             encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset.  For the
             purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower or any Subsidiary
             shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it
             has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or
             lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease
             or other title retention agreement relating to such asset. 

                       "Loan" means a Domestic Loan or a Euro-Dollar Loan
             and "Loans" means Domestic Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans or
             both. 

                       "London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning
             set forth in Section 2.05(c). 

                       "Material Debt" means Debt (other than the Notes)
             of the Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries,
             arising in one or more related transactions, in an aggregate
             principal or face amount exceeding $2,000,000.

                       "Material Financial Obligations" means a principal
             or face amount of Debt and/or payment or collateralization
             obligations in respect of Derivatives Obligations of the
             Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, arising in
             one or more related transactions, exceeding in the aggregate
             $2,000,000.

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          9<PAGE>





                       "Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans
             having aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of
             $5,000,000.

                       "Material Subsidiary" means at any time a
             Subsidiary which as of such time meets the definition of a
             "significant subsidiary" contained as of the date hereof in
             Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission;
             provided, that the term "Material Subsidiary" shall in any
             event include OISL, Solus, Oceaneering International A.G., a
             Zug, Switzerland corporation, and its successors, and
             Oceaneering International PTE, Ltd., a Singapore
             corporation, and its successors.

                       "Morgan" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
             New York, and its successors. 

                       "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee
             pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section
             4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group
             (i) is then making or accruing an obligation to make
             contributions or (ii) has at any time within the preceding
             five years made contributions, including for these purposes
             any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group
             during such five year period which was at such time a member
             of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person which was at
             such time a member of the ERISA Group.

                       "Non-Recourse Debt" means Debt (i) which is
             incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary for
             the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of
             acquiring assets which do not (except where the maker is a
             Subsidiary specifically incorporated to hold the assets
             securing such Non-Recourse Debt) constitute all or
             substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or such
             Subsidiary, as the case may be, and which are used for the
             performance of a particular offshore diving (including
             design engineering and remote operated vehicle services) or
             engineering, construction or inspection project, and (ii)
             either (a) (1) as to which the recourse of the holder of
             such Debt to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of
             such Debt is limited to the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
             interest in such assets, (2) as to which such holder shall
             have (subject to clause (3)) waived any right to enforce
             such Debt as a general obligation of the Borrower or such
             Subsidiary, as the case may be, and agreed to enforce such
             Debt only against such assets and (3) as to which Debt the
             holder shall have subordinated in favor of the Banks,
             pursuant to subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory
             in form and substance to the Banks, its rights as the holder
             of a claim treated as a recourse claim under 11 U.S.C. Sec.

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          10<PAGE>





             1111 (b)(1)(A) or (b) such assets securing such Debt
             constitute substantially all of the assets of a Subsidiary
             specifically established to hold such assets and Debt.

                       "Notes" means promissory notes of the Borrower,
             substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing
             the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans, and
             "Note" means any one of such promissory notes issued
             hereunder.

                       "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in
             Section 2.02. 

                       "OISL" means Oceaneering International Services
             Limited, an English corporation, and its successors. 

                       "Parent" means, with respect to any Bank, any
             Person controlling such Bank.

                       "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section
             9.06(b).

                       "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty
             Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its
             functions under ERISA. 

                       "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a
             partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or
             organization, including a government or political
             subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 

                       "Plan" means at any time an employee pension
             benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is
             covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum
             funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and either
             (i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the
             ERISA Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group
             or (ii) has at any time within the preceding five years been
             maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which was at
             such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any
             Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.  

                       "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly
             announced by Morgan in New York City from time to time as
             its Prime Rate. 

                       "Reference Banks" means the CD Reference Banks or
             the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks, as the context may require,
             and "Reference Bank" means any one of such Reference Banks.



                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          11<PAGE>





                       "Refunding Borrowing" means a Borrowing which,
             after application of the proceeds thereof, results in no net
             increase in the outstanding principal amount of Loans made
             by any Bank.

                       "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of
             Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from
             time to time. 

                       "Required Banks" means at any time Banks having at
             least 60% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if
             the Commitments shall have been terminated, holding Notes
             evidencing at least 60% of the aggregate unpaid principal
             amount of the Loans. 

                       "Restricted Payment" means (i) any dividend or
             other distribution on any shares of the Borrower's capital
             stock (except dividends payable solely in shares of, or
             warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of,
             its capital stock) or (ii) any payment on account of the
             purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (a) any
             shares of the Borrower's capital stock or (b) any option,
             warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Borrower's
             capital stock. 

                       "Revolving Credit Period" means the period from
             the date hereof to and including the Conversion Date. 

                       "Soekor Project Debt" means Debt to be incurred to
             finance the Soekor E-BT project in South Africa, in an
             aggregate amount not exceeding $75,000,000, which Debt (i)
             will satisfy the criteria for Non-Recourse Debt once the
             Completion Guarantees have been extinguished and (ii) is, in
             all respects, reasonably satisfactory to the Required Banks. 
             It is understood that, depending on the final terms of such
             Debt, further modification of the terms of this Agreement
             may be necessary or appropriate.

                       "Solus" means Solus Ocean Systems, Inc., a
             Delaware corporation, and its successors. 

                       "Stock Repurchase Program" means the Borrower's
             stock buyback program which commenced August, 1994, for not
             more than 2,000,000 shares of the Borrower's common stock,
             but only to the extent that the aggregate amount paid by the
             Borrower in respect of such program does not exceed
             $20,000,000.

                       "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity
             of which at least 50% of the securities or other ownership
             interests having ordinary voting power to elect members of

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          12<PAGE>





             the board of directors or other persons performing similar
             functions (other than any such securities or ownership
             interests having such voting power only by reason of the
             happening of a contingency) are at the time directly or
             indirectly owned or controlled by the Borrower or one or
             more Subsidiaries, or by the Borrower and one or more
             Subsidiaries. 

                       "Substantial Asset Sale" means any sale, long term
             lease or other disposition (including any such transaction
             effected by way of merger or consolidation or through the
             issuance or sale of capital stock of a Subsidiary) by the
             Borrower or a Subsidiary, in a single transaction or a
             series of related transactions, of assets having an
             aggregate net book value at the date of disposition
             exceeding $10,000,000, but excluding (i) dispositions of
             inventory and used, surplus or worn out equipment in the
             ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions to the
             Borrower or a Wholly Owned Consolidated Subsidiary and (iii)
             dispositions of cash and cash equivalents otherwise
             permitted under this Agreement. 

                       "Termination Date" means the second anniversary of
             the Conversion Date, or, if such date is not a Euro-Dollar
             Business Day, the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.

                       "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any
             Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the value
             of all benefit liabilities under such Plan, determined on a
             plan termination basis using the assumptions prescribed by
             the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds (ii)
             the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such
             liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued
             but unpaid contributions), all determined as of the then
             most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the
             extent that such excess represents a potential liability of
             a member of the ERISA Group to the PBGC or any other Person
             under Title IV of ERISA.  

                       "Wholly Owned Consolidated Subsidiary" means any
             Consolidated Subsidiary all of the shares of capital stock
             or other ownership interests of which (except directors'
             qualifying shares) are at one time directly or indirectly
             owned by the Borrower. 

                       SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and
             Determinations.  Unless otherwise specified herein, all
             accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
             accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all
             financial statements required to be delivered hereunder
             shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          13<PAGE>





             accounting principles as in effect from time to time,
             applied on a basis consistent (except for changes approved
             by the Borrower's independent public accountants) with the
             most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the
             Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the
             Banks; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Agent
             that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article V
             to eliminate the effect of any change in generally accepted
             accounting principles on the operation of such covenant (or
             if the Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Banks
             wish to amend Article V for such purpose), then the
             Borrower's compliance with such covenant shall be determined
             on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles in
             effect immediately before the relevant change in generally
             accepted accounting principles became effective, until
             either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended
             in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required
             Banks.


                                      ARTICLE II

                                      THE CREDIT

                       SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Lend.

                       (a)  During Revolving Credit Period.  During the
             Revolving Credit Period each Bank severally agrees, on the
             terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to lend to
             the Borrower from time to time amounts not to exceed in the
             aggregate at any one time outstanding the amount of its
             Commitment.  Each Borrowing under this subsection (a) shall
             be in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 or any
             larger multiple of $1,000,000 (except that the first
             Borrowing shall be in the aggregate principal amount of at
             least $2,500,000 and except that any such Borrowing may be
             in the aggregate amount of the unused Commitments) and shall
             be made from the several Banks ratably in proportion to
             their respective Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits,
             the Borrower may borrow under this subsection (a), repay, or
             to the extent permitted by Section 2.09, prepay Loans and
             reborrow at any time during the Revolving Credit Period
             under this subsection (a).

                       (b)  After Revolving Credit Period.  After the
             Revolving Credit Period each Bank severally agrees, on the
             terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a
             new loan to the Borrower upon any repayment of outstanding
             Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 or any optional prepayment of
             outstanding Loans pursuant to Section 2.09 for the purpose
             of refunding all or a portion of such outstanding Loans;

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          14<PAGE>





             provided that the principal amount of such Bank's new Loan
             shall not exceed the principal amount of its outstanding
             Loan or Loans being repaid or prepaid; and provided further
             that the aggregate principal amount of such Bank's
             outstanding Loans shall at no time exceed its Commitment as
             reduced from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.07 and
             2.08.  Each Borrowing under this subsection (b) shall be
             made from the several Banks ratably in proportion to their
             respective Commitments.  Amounts required to be repaid
             pursuant to Section 2.08(d) shall not be reborrowed, and
             amounts repaid pursuant to Section 8.02 shall not be
             reborrowed except as provided therein.

                       (c)  Extension of Revolving Credit Period.  The
             Revolving Credit Period may be extended, in the manner set
             forth in this subsection (c), from April 12, 1998 to April
             12, 1999.  If the Borrower wishes to request such an
             extension of the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower shall
             give notice to that effect to the Agent on a date between
             October 12, 1997 and February 12, 1998, whereupon the Agent
             shall notify each of the Banks of such notice.  Each Bank
             will use its best efforts to respond to such request,
             whether affirmatively or negatively, within 30 days.  If all
             Banks respond affirmatively, then, subject to receipt by the
             Agent of counterparts of an Extension Agreement in
             substantially the form of Exhibit D duly completed and
             signed by all of the parties hereto, the Revolving Credit
             Period shall be extended to April 12, 1999.

                       (d)  General.  The failure of any Bank to make any
             Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Bank of its
             obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however,
             that no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any
             other Bank to make any Loan required to be made by such
             other Bank).

                       SECTION 2.02.  Method of Borrowing.  (a)  The
             Borrower shall give the Agent notice (a "Notice of
             Borrowing") not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
             on (x) the date of each Base Rate Borrowing, (y) the second
             Domestic Business Day before each CD Borrowing and (z) the
             third Euro-Dollar Business Day before each Euro-Dollar
             Borrowing, specifying:

                       (i)  the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a
                  Domestic Business Day in the case of a Domestic
                  Borrowing or a Euro-Dollar Business Day in the case of
                  a Euro-Dollar Borrowing,

                      (ii)  the aggregate amount of such Borrowing,


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          15<PAGE>





                     (iii)  whether the Loans comprising such Borrowing
                  are to be CD Loans, Base Rate Loans or Euro-Dollar
                  Loans, and

                      (iv)  in the case of a CD Borrowing or a Euro-
                  Dollar Borrowing, the duration of the Interest Period
                  applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of the
                  definition of Interest Period.

                       (b)  Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the
             Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents
             thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such Borrowing
             and such Notice of Borrowing shall not thereafter be
             revocable by the Borrower.

                       (c)  Not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time)
             on the date of each Borrowing, each Bank shall (except as
             provided in subsection (d) of this Section) make available
             its ratable share of such Borrowing, in Federal or other
             funds immediately available in New York City, to the Agent
             at its address referred to in Section 9.01.  Unless the
             Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in
             Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will make the
             funds so received from the Banks available to the Borrower
             at the Agent's aforesaid address.

                       (d)  If any Bank makes a new Loan hereunder on a
             day on which the Borrower is to repay all or any part of an
             outstanding Loan from such Bank, such Bank shall apply the
             proceeds of its new Loan to make such repayment and only an
             amount equal to the difference (if any) between the amount
             being borrowed and the amount being repaid shall be made
             available by such Bank to the Agent as provided in
             subsection (c) of this Section, or remitted by the Borrower
             to the Agent as provided in Section 2.10, as the case may
             be.

                       (e)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice
             from a Bank prior to the date of any Borrowing that such
             Bank will not make available to the Agent such Bank's share
             of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank has
             made such share available to the Agent on the date of such
             Borrowing in accordance with subsections (c) and (d) of this
             Section 2.02 and the Agent may, in reliance upon such
             assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
             corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Bank
             shall not have so made such share available to the Agent,
             such Bank and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the
             Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
             with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
             amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          16<PAGE>





             amount is repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of the
             Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the higher of the
             Federal Funds Rate and the interest rate applicable thereto
             pursuant to Section 2.05 and (ii) in the case of such Bank,
             the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Bank shall repay to the
             Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall
             constitute such Bank's Loan included in such Borrowing for
             purposes of this Agreement.

                       SECTION 2.03.  Notes.  (a)  The Loans of each Bank
             shall be evidenced by a single Note payable to the order of
             such Bank for the account of its Applicable Lending Office
             in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount
             of such Bank's Loans.

                       (b)  Each Bank may, by notice to the Borrower and
             the Agent, request that its Loans of a particular type be
             evidenced by a separate Note in an amount equal to the
             aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Loans.  Each such
             Note shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto
             with appropriate modifications to reflect the fact that it
             evidences solely Loans of the relevant type.  Each reference
             in this Agreement to the "Note" of such Bank shall be deemed
             to refer to and include any or all of such Notes, as the
             context may require.

                       (c)  Upon receipt of each Bank's Note pursuant to
             Section 3.01(a), the Agent shall forward such Note to such
             Bank.  Each Bank shall record the date, amount, type and
             maturity of each Loan made by it and the date and amount of
             each payment of principal made by the Borrower with respect
             thereto, and may, if such Bank so elects in connection with
             any transfer or enforcement of its Note, endorse on the
             schedule forming a part thereof appropriate notations to
             evidence the foregoing information with respect to each such
             Loan then outstanding; provided that the failure of any Bank
             to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect
             the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the
             Notes.  Each Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by the
             Borrower so to endorse its Note and to attach to and make a
             part of its Note a continuation of any such schedule as and
             when required.

                       SECTION 2.04.  Maturity of Loans.  Each Loan
             included in any Borrowing shall mature, and the principal
             amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the last day of
             the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing.

                       SECTION 2.05.  Interest Rates.  (a)  Each Base
             Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
             amount thereof, for each day from the date such Loan is made

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          17<PAGE>





             until the earlier of its repayment or due date, at a rate
             per annum equal to the Base Rate for such day.  Such
             interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on the
             last day thereof.  Any overdue principal of or interest on
             any Base Rate Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand,
             for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum
             of 2% plus the Base Rate for such day.

                       (b)  Each CD Loan shall bear interest on the
             outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during
             the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum
             equal to the sum of the CD Margin for such day plus the
             Adjusted CD Rate applicable to such Interest Period;
             provided that if any CD Loan or any portion thereof shall,
             as a result of clause (2)(b)(i) of the definition of
             Interest Period, have an Interest Period of less than 30
             days, such portion shall bear interest during such Interest
             Period at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans during such
             period.  Such interest shall be payable for each Interest
             Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest Period
             is longer than 90 days, at intervals of 90 days after the
             first day thereof.  Any overdue principal of or interest on
             any CD Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each
             day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2%
             plus the higher of (i) the sum of the CD Margin for such day
             plus the Adjusted CD Rate applicable to the Interest Period
             for such Loan and (ii) the Base Rate for such day.

                       "CD Margin" means (i) for any day on or prior to
             the Conversion Date, 0.75% and (ii) for any day thereafter,
             1.0%.

                       The "Adjusted CD Rate" applicable to any Interest
             Period means a rate per annum determined pursuant to the
             following formula:

                                [ CDBR       ]*
                      ACDR   =  [ ---------- ]  + AR
                                [ 1.00 - DRP ]

                      ACDR   =  Adjusted CD Rate
                      CDBR   =  CD Base Rate
                       DRP   =  Domestic Reserve Percentage
                       AR    =  Assessment Rate

                  __________
                  *  The amount in brackets being rounded upward, if
                  necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%




                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          18<PAGE>





                       The "CD Base Rate" applicable to any Interest
             Period is the rate of interest determined by the Agent to be
             the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next
             higher 1/100 of 1%) of the prevailing rates per annum bid at
             10:00 A.M. (New York City time) (or as soon thereafter as
             practicable) on the first day of such Interest Period by two
             or more New York certificate of deposit dealers of
             recognized standing for the purchase at face value from each
             CD Reference Bank of its certificates of deposit in an
             amount comparable to the principal amount of the CD Loan of
             such CD Reference Bank to which such Interest Period applies
             and having a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.

                       "Domestic Reserve Percentage" means for any day
             that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect
             on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the
             Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining
             the maximum reserve requirement (including without
             limitation any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves)
             for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York
             City with deposits exceeding five billion dollars in respect
             of new non-personal time deposits in dollars in New York
             City having a maturity comparable to the related Interest
             Period and in an amount of $100,000 or more.  The Adjusted
             CD Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the
             effective date of any change in the Domestic Reserve
             Percentage.

                       "Assessment Rate" means for any day the annual
             assessment rate in effect on such day which is payable by a
             member of the Bank Insurance Fund classified as adequately
             capitalized and within supervisory subgroup "A" (or a
             comparable successor assessment risk classification) within
             the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Sec. 327.3(e) (or any successor
             provision) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or
             any successor) for such Corporation's (or such successor's)
             insuring time deposits at offices of such institution in the
             United States.  The Adjusted CD Rate shall be adjusted
             automatically on and as of the effective date of any change
             in the Assessment Rate.

                       (c)  Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on
             the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day
             during the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per
             annum equal to the sum of the Euro-Dollar Margin for such
             day plus the London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to
             such Interest Period.  Such interest shall be payable for
             each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such
             Interest Period is longer than three months, at intervals of
             three months after the first day thereof.


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          19<PAGE>





                       "Euro-Dollar Margin" means (i) for any day on or
             prior to the Conversion Date, 0.625% and (ii) for any day
             thereafter, 0.875%.

                       The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to
             any Interest Period means the average (rounded upward, if
             necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%) of the respective
             rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered to
             each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks in the London
             interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time)
             two Euro-Dollar Business Days before the first day of such
             Interest Period in an amount approximately equal to the
             principal amount of the Euro-Dollar Loan of such Euro-Dollar
             Reference Bank to which such Interest Period is to apply and
             for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period.

                       (d)  Any overdue principal of or interest on any
             Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for
             each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the higher
             of (i) the sum of 2% per annum plus the Euro-Dollar Margin
             for such day plus the London Interbank Offered Rate
             applicable to the Interest Period for such Loan and (ii) the
             sum of 2% per annum plus the Euro-Dollar Margin for such day
             plus the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary, to
             the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (x) the average
             (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of
             1%) of the respective rates per annum at which one day (or,
             if such amount due remains unpaid more than three
             Euro-Dollar Business Days, then for such period of time not
             longer than six months as the Agent may select) deposits in
             dollars in an amount approximately equal to such overdue
             payment due to each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks are
             offered to such Euro-Dollar Reference Bank in the London
             interbank market for the applicable period determined as
             provided above by (y) 1.00 minus the Euro-Dollar Reserve
             Percentage (or, if the circumstances described in clause (a)
             or (b) of Section 8.01 shall exist, at a rate per annum
             equal to the sum of 2% per annum plus the Base Rate for such
             day).

                       (e)  The Agent shall determine each interest rate
             applicable to the Loans hereunder.  The Agent shall give
             prompt notice to the Borrower and the Banks of each rate of
             interest so determined, and its determination thereof shall
             be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                       (f)  Each Reference Bank agrees to use its best
             efforts to furnish quotations to the Agent as contemplated
             hereby.  If any Reference Bank does not furnish a timely
             quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant interest
             rate on the basis of the quotation or quotations furnished

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          20<PAGE>





             by the remaining Reference Bank or Banks or, if none of such
             quotations is available on a timely basis, the provisions of
             Section 8.01 shall apply.

                       SECTION 2.06.  Fees.  (a)  During the Revolving
             Credit Period, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
             account of the Banks ratably in proportion to their
             Commitments a commitment fee at the rate of 0.225% per annum
             on the daily average amount by which the aggregate amount of
             the Commitments exceeds the aggregate outstanding principal
             amount of the Loans.  Such commitment fee shall accrue from
             and including the Effective Date to but excluding the last
             day of the Revolving Credit Period, and shall be payable
             quarterly in arrears on each March 31, June 30, September 30
             and December 31 during the Revolving Credit Period and on
             the last day of the Revolving Credit Period. 

                       (b)  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its
             own account fees in the amounts and at the times heretofore
             agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Agent.

                       SECTION 2.07.  Optional Termination or Reduction
             of Commitments.  The Borrower may, upon at least three
             Domestic Business Days' notice to the Agent, terminate
             entirely at any time or proportionately reduce the unused
             portions of the Commitments from time to time by an
             aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any larger multiple
             thereof.  If the Commitments are terminated in their
             entirety, all accrued commitment fees shall be payable on
             the effective date of such termination. 

                       SECTION 2.08.  Mandatory Termination and Reduction
             of Commitments.  (a)  The Commitments shall terminate on the
             Termination Date and any Loans then outstanding (together
             with accrued interest thereon) shall be due and payable on
             such date. 

                       (b)  On any date on or after the last day of the
             Revolving Credit Period on which the Commitment of any Bank
             shall be greater than the aggregate principal amount of the
             Loans of such Bank outstanding on such date (after giving
             effect to any repayment, prepayment and borrowing on such
             date), the Commitment of such Bank shall be automatically
             reduced to an amount equal to such outstanding principal
             amount. 

                       (c)  The Commitment of each Bank shall be further
             reduced, on each Commitment Reduction Date, by an amount
             equal to one-eighth (1/8) of such Bank's Commitment in
             effect on the last day of the Revolving Credit Period (after
             giving effect to any reduction pursuant to subsection (b) on

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          21<PAGE>





             such date).  No reduction of any Commitment pursuant to
             subsection (b) shall reduce the amount of any subsequent
             mandatory reduction of such Commitment pursuant to this
             subsection (c). 

                       (d)  On each Commitment Reduction Date, the
             Borrower shall repay such principal amount (together with
             accrued interest thereon) of each Bank's outstanding Loans,
             if any, as may be necessary so that after such repayment,
             the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Bank's Loans
             does not exceed the amount of such Bank's Commitment as then
             reduced.

                       SECTION 2.09.  Optional Prepayments.  (a)  Subject
             in the case of any Fixed Rate Loans to Section 2.11, the 
             Borrower may, upon at least three Domestic Business Days'
             notice to the Agent, prepay any Domestic Borrowing or upon
             at least three Euro-Dollar Business Days' notice to the
             Agent, prepay any Euro-Dollar Borrowing, in each case in
             whole at any time, or from time to time in part in amounts
             aggregating $1,000,000 or any larger multiple thereof, by
             paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with
             accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment.  Each
             such optional prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably
             the Loans of the several Banks included in such Borrowing.

                       (b)  Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment
             pursuant to this Section, the Agent shall promptly notify
             each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's ratable
             share of such prepayment and such notice shall not
             thereafter be revocable by the Borrower.

                       SECTION 2.10.  General Provisions as to Payments. 
             (a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of,
             and interest on, the Loans and of commitment fees hereunder,
             not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date
             when due, in Federal or other funds immediately available in
             New York City, to the Agent at its address referred to in
             Section 9.01.  The Agent will promptly distribute to each
             Bank its ratable share of each such payment received by the
             Agent for the account of the Banks.  Whenever any payment of
             principal of, or interest on, the Domestic Loans or of
             commitment fees shall be due on a day which is not a
             Domestic Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be
             extended to the next succeeding Domestic Business Day. 
             Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the
             Euro-Dollar Loans shall be due on a day which is not a
             Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall
             be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day
             unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another
             calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          22<PAGE>





             shall be the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.  If
             the date for any payment of principal is extended by
             operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be
             payable for such extended time.

                       (b)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice
             from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is
             due to the Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make
             such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the Borrower
             has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and
             the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
             distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to
             the amount then due such Bank.  If and to the extent that
             the Borrower shall not have so made such payment, each Bank
             shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount
             distributed to such Bank together with interest thereon, for
             each day from the date such amount is distributed to such
             Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to the
             Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

                       SECTION 2.11.  Funding Losses.  If the Borrower
             makes any payment of principal with respect to any Fixed
             Rate Loan (pursuant to Article II, VI or VIII or otherwise)
             on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period
             applicable thereto, or the last day of an applicable period
             fixed pursuant to Section 2.05(d), or if the Borrower fails
             to borrow or prepay any Fixed Rate Loans after notice has
             been given to any Bank in accordance with Section 2.02(b) or
             2.09(b), the Borrower shall reimburse each Bank within 15
             days after demand for any resulting loss or expense incurred
             by it (or by an existing or prospective Participant in the
             related Loan), including (without limitation) any loss
             incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits
             from third parties, but excluding loss of margin for the
             period after any such payment or failure to borrow or
             prepay, provided that such Bank shall have delivered to the
             Borrower a certificate as to the amount of such loss or
             expense, which certificate shall be conclusive in the
             absence of manifest error.

                       SECTION 2.12.  Computation of Interest and Fees. 
             Interest based on the Prime Rate hereunder shall be computed
             on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap
             year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed
             (including the first day but excluding the last day).  All
             other interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of a
             year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days
             elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
             day).



                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          23<PAGE>





                       SECTION 2.13.  Maximum Interest Rate.  (a) 
             Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Notes shall
             require the Borrower to pay interest at a rate exceeding the
             maximum rate permitted by applicable law. 

                        (b)  If the amount of interest payable for the
             account of any Bank by the Borrower on any interest payment
             date in respect of the immediately preceding interest
             computation period, computed pursuant to Section 2.05, would
             exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law to be
             charged to the Borrower by such Bank, the amount of interest
             payable for its account on such interest payment date shall
             be automatically reduced to such maximum permissible amount.

                       (c)  If the amount of interest payable for the
             account of any Bank in respect of any interest computation
             period is reduced pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section
             2.13 and the amount of interest payable for its account by
             the Borrower in respect of any subsequent interest
             computation period, computed pursuant to Section 2.05, would
             be less than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law
             to be charged to the Borrower by such Bank, then the amount
             of interest payable for its account by the Borrower in
             respect of such subsequent interest computation period shall
             be automatically increased to such maximum permissible
             amount; provided that at no time shall the aggregate amount
             by which interest paid for the account of any Bank has been
             increased pursuant to this subsection (c) exceed the
             aggregate amount by which interest paid for its account has
             theretofore been reduced pursuant to subsection (b) of this
             Section 2.13. 

                       SECTION 2.14.  Regulation D Compensation.  So long
             as Regulation D shall require reserves to be maintained
             against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or against any other
             category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference
             to which the interest rate on Euro-Dollar Loans is
             determined or any category of extensions of credit or other
             assets which includes loans by a non-United States office of
             any Bank to United States residents), each Bank may require
             the Borrower to pay, contemporaneously with each payment of
             interest on the Euro-Dollar Loans, additional interest on
             the related Euro-Dollar Loan of such Bank at a rate per
             annum equal to the excess of (i) (A) the applicable London
             Interbank Offered Rate divided by (B) one minus the reserve
             ratio prescribed by Regulation D (as such Regulation shall
             have been amended to the date of the notice referred to in
             clause (x) below) for such requirements (expressed as a
             decimal) over (ii) the rate specified in clause (i)(A), such
             rate per annum to be adjusted automatically on and as of the
             effective date of any change in such reserve ratio.  Any

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          24<PAGE>





             Bank wishing to require payment of such additional interest
             (x) shall so notify the Borrower and the Agent, in which
             case such additional interest on the Euro-Dollar Loans of
             such Bank shall be payable with respect to each related
             Interest Period commencing at least five Euro-Dollar
             Business Days after the giving of such notice and (y) shall
             notify the Borrower and the Agent at least five Euro-Dollar
             Business Days prior to each date on which interest is
             payable on the Euro-Dollar Loans of the amount then due it
             under this Section. 


                                     ARTICLE III

                                      CONDITIONS

                       SECTION 3.01.  Closing.  The closing hereunder
             shall occur upon receipt by the Agent of the following
             documents, each dated the Closing Date unless otherwise
             indicated:

                       (a)  a duly executed Note for the account of each
                  Bank dated on or before the Closing Date complying with
                  the provisions of Section 2.03;

                       (b)  an opinion of Baker & Botts, L.L.P., special
                  counsel for the Borrower, and of George R. Haubenreich,
                  Jr., General Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in
                  the respective forms of Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereto,
                  and covering such additional matters relating to the
                  transactions contemplated hereby as the Required Banks
                  may reasonably request;
              
                       (c)  an opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, special
                  counsel for the Agent, substantially in the form of
                  Exhibit C hereto and covering such additional matters
                  relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as the
                  Required Banks may reasonably request;

                       (d)  evidence satisfactory to it that the
                  commitments under the Credit Agreement dated as of
                  September 1, 1988 among the Borrower, the borrowing
                  subsidiaries listed therein, the banks party thereto
                  and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as agent
                  (as amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement") have
                  terminated, all loans thereunder have been repaid in
                  full (all Banks hereunder which are also banks under
                  the Existing Credit Agreement hereby agreeing that such
                  repayment may be made, whether at the end of interest
                  periods under the Existing Credit Agreement or not) and
                  all accrued fees and other amounts payable thereunder

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          25<PAGE>





                  (including, without limitation, any funding costs
                  payable pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement) have
                  been paid in full; and
              
                       (e)  all documents the Agent may reasonably
                  request relating to the existence of the Borrower, the
                  corporate authority for and the validity of this
                  Agreement and the Notes, and any other matters relevant
                  hereto, all in form and substance satisfactory to the
                  Agent.
              
             The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Banks
             of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and
             binding on all parties hereto.
              
                       SECTION 3.02.  Borrowings.  The obligation of any
             Bank to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing is
             subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                       (a) the fact that the Closing Date shall have 
                  occurred on or prior to April 12, 1995;
              
                       (b)  receipt by the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing
                  as required by Section 2.02;
              
                       (c)  the fact that, immediately after such
                  Borrowing, the aggregate outstanding principal amount
                  of the Loans will not exceed the aggregate amount of
                  the Commitments;
              
                       (d)  the fact that, immediately before and after
                  such Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be
                  continuing; and
              
                       (e)  the fact that the representations and
                  warranties of the Borrower contained in this Agreement
                  (except, in the case of a Refunding Borrowing, the
                  representations and warranties set forth in Sections
                  4.04(c) and 4.05 as to any matter which has theretofore
                  been disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Banks)
                  shall be true on and as of the date of such Borrowing.
              
             Each Borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a
             representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of
             such Borrowing as to the facts specified in clauses (c), (d)
             and (e) of this Section.
              





                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          26<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE IV

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                       The Borrower represents and warrants that:
              
                       SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power.  The
             Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly
             existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
             Delaware, and has all corporate powers and all material
             governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and
             approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted
             unless the failure to have or maintain such powers,
             licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals could not
             reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
             the financial condition or results of operations of the
             Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

                       SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental
             Authorization; Contravention.  The execution, delivery and
             performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Notes
             are within the Borrower's corporate power, have been duly
             authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no
             action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental
             body, agency or official and do not contravene, or
             constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law
             or regulation or of the certificate of incorporation or
             by-laws of the Borrower, of any agreement or other
             instrument binding upon the Borrower or of any judgment,
             injunction, order or decree binding upon the Borrower or
             result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any
             asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 

                       SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement
             constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Borrower
             and each Note, when executed and delivered in accordance
             with this Agreement, will constitute a valid and binding
             obligation of the Borrower, in each case enforceable in
             accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may
             be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
             moratorium or similar laws relating to the enforcement of
             creditors' rights generally and by general principles of
             equity.

                       SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information. 

                       (a)  The consolidated balance sheet of the
             Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1994 and the
             related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'
             investment and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended,
             reported by Arthur Andersen & Co. and set forth in the

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          27<PAGE>





             Borrower's 1994 Form 10-K, a copy of which has been
             delivered to each of the Banks, fairly present, in all
             material respects, in conformity with generally accepted
             accounting principles, the consolidated financial position
             of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date and
             their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for
             such fiscal year.

                       (b)  The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of
             the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994
             and the related unaudited consolidated statements of
             operations, shareholders' investment and cash flows for the
             nine months then ended, set forth in the Borrower's Form 10-
             Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the
             fiscal quarter then ended, a copy of which has been
             delivered to each of the Banks, fairly present, in all
             material respects, in conformity with generally accepted
             accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the
             financial statements referred to in subsection (a) above,
             the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its
             Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their
             consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such
             nine month period (subject to normal year-end adjustments).

                       (c)  Since December 31, 1994 there has been no
             material adverse change in the business, financial position
             or results of operations of the Borrower and its
             Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. 

                       SECTION 4.05.  Litigation.  There is no action,
             suit or proceeding pending, or (to the knowledge of the
             Borrower) threatened, against or affecting the Borrower or
             any of its Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or
             any governmental body, agency or official in which there is
             a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could
             reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the
             business or consolidated results of operations of the
             Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or which in
             any manner questions the validity of this Agreement or the
             Notes. 

                       SECTION 4.06.  Compliance with ERISA.  Each member
             of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its obligations under the
             minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect
             to each Plan and is in compliance in all material respects
             with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the
             Code with respect to each Plan.  No member of the ERISA
             Group has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding
             standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any
             Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any
             Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or made any amendment to any

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          28<PAGE>





             Plan, which has resulted or could result in the imposition
             of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under
             ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred any liability under
             Title IV of ERISA, which has resulted or could result in the
             imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other
             security, other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums
             under Section 4007 of ERISA.

                       SECTION 4.07.  Taxes.  The Borrower and its
             Subsidiaries have filed all United States Federal income tax
             returns and all other material tax returns which are
             required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due
             pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment
             received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or are contesting
             such assessment in good faith.  The charges, accruals and
             reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
             in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in
             the opinion of the Borrower, adequate. 

                       SECTION 4.08.  Subsidiaries.  Each of the
             Borrower's corporate Subsidiaries is a corporation duly
             incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under
             the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all
             corporate powers and all material governmental licenses,
             authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on
             its business as now conducted unless the failure to have or
             maintain such powers, licenses, authorizations, consents and
             approvals could not reasonably be expected to have a
             material adverse effect on the financial condition or
             results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
             taken as a whole.

                       SECTION 4.09.  Environmental Matters.  In the
             ordinary course of its business, the Borrower conducts an
             ongoing review of the effect of Environmental Laws on the
             business, operations and properties of the Borrower and its
             Subsidiaries, in the course of which it takes all reasonable
             steps to identify and evaluate associated liabilities and
             costs (including, without limitation, any capital or
             operating expenditures required for clean-up or closure of
             properties presently or previously owned, any capital or
             operating expenditures required to achieve or maintain
             compliance with environmental protection standards imposed
             by law or as a condition of any license, permit or contract,
             any related constraints on operating activities, including
             any periodic or permanent shutdown of any facility or
             reduction in the level of or change in the nature of
             operations conducted thereat, any costs or liabilities in
             connection with off-site disposal of wastes or Hazardous
             Substances, and any actual or potential liabilities to third
             parties, including employees, and any related costs and

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          29<PAGE>





             expenses).  On the basis of this review, the Borrower has
             reasonably concluded that such associated liabilities and
             costs, including the costs of compliance with Environmental
             Laws, are not reasonably expected to have a material adverse
             effect on the business, financial condition, results of
             operations or prospects of the Borrower and its Consolidated
             Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.  

                       SECTION 4.10.  Regulatory Restrictions on
             Borrowing.  The Borrower is not an "investment company"
             within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
             amended, a "holding company" within the meaning of the
             Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or
             otherwise subject to any regulatory scheme which restricts
             its ability to incur Debt.

                       SECTION 4.11.  Full Disclosure.  All written
             information heretofore furnished by the Borrower to the
             Agent or any Bank for purposes of or in connection with this
             Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby was, to the
             Borrower's knowledge, true and accurate in all material
             respects on the date as of which such information was stated
             or certified.  The Borrower has disclosed to the Banks in
             writing any and all facts known to the Borrower which
             materially and adversely affect or may affect (to the extent
             the Borrower can now reasonably foresee), the business,
             operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its
             Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability
             of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this
             Agreement.  


                                      ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS

                       The Borrower agrees that, so long as any Bank has
             any Commitment hereunder or any amount payable under any
             Note remains unpaid:

                       SECTION 5.01.  Information.  The Borrower will
             deliver to each of the Banks:

                       (a)  as soon as available and in any event within
                  90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
                  Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
                  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such
                  fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of
                  operations, shareholders' investment and cash flows for
                  such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in
                  comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          30<PAGE>





                  year, all reported on by Arthur Andersen LLP or other
                  independent public accountants of nationally recognized
                  standing;

                       (b)  as soon as available and in any event within
                  45 days after the end of each of the first three
                  quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a
                  consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
                  Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter
                  and the related consolidated statements of operations
                  and cash flows for such quarter and for the portion of
                  the Borrower's fiscal year ended at the end of such
                  quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form
                  the figures for the corresponding quarter and the
                  corresponding portion of the Borrower's previous fiscal
                  year, all as included in the Borrower's Form 10-Q (or
                  successor form) for such fiscal quarter, prepared in
                  accordance with generally accepted accounting
                  principles consistently applied (except any change with
                  respect to consistent application of accounting
                  principles concurred in by the Borrower's independent
                  public accountants) and fairly presenting, in all
                  material respects, the consolidated financial position
                  of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of
                  the end of such quarter and their consolidated results
                  of operations and cash flows for such period (subject
                  to normal year-end adjustments);

                       (c)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set
                  of financial statements referred to in subsections (a)
                  and (b) above, a certificate of the President or the
                  Treasurer or the Vice President-Finance of the Borrower
                  (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations
                  required to establish whether the Borrower was in
                  compliance with the requirements of Sections 5.06,
                  5.07, 5.08, 5.10, 5.11 and 5.14, inclusive, on the date
                  of such financial statements and (ii) stating whether
                  there exists on the date of such certificate any
                  Default and, if any Default then exists, setting forth
                  the details thereof and the action which the Borrower
                  is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

                       (d)  forthwith upon the occurrence of any Default,
                  a certificate of the President or the Treasurer or the
                  Vice President-Finance of the Borrower setting forth
                  the details thereof and the action which the Borrower
                  is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

                       (e)  promptly upon the mailing thereof to the
                  shareholders of the Borrower generally, copies of all


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          31<PAGE>





                  financial statements, reports and proxy statements so
                  mailed;

                       (f)  promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of
                  all registration statements (other than the exhibits
                  thereto and any registration statements on Form S-8 or
                  its equivalent) and annual, quarterly or monthly
                  reports (other than, except as reasonably requested by
                  any Bank, the exhibits thereto) which the Borrower
                  shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission;

                       (g)  if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i)
                  gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any
                  "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of
                  ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute
                  grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV
                  of ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of any
                  Plan has given or is required to give notice of any
                  such reportable event, a copy of the notice of such
                  reportable event given or required to be given to the
                  PBGC; (ii) receives notice of complete or partial
                  withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA or notice
                  that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is
                  insolvent or has been terminated, a copy of such
                  notice; (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title
                  IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate, impose liability
                  (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA)
                  in respect of, or appoint a trustee to administer any
                  Plan, a copy of such notice; (iv) applies for a waiver
                  of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of
                  the Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives notice
                  of intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c)
                  of ERISA, a copy of such notice and other information
                  filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of withdrawal
                  from any Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy
                  of such notice; or (vii) fails to make any payment or
                  contribution to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or makes
                  any amendment to any Plan which has resulted or could
                  result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a
                  bond or other security, a certificate of the chief
                  financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
                  the Borrower setting forth details as to such
                  occurrence and the action, if any, which the Borrower
                  or applicable member of the ERISA Group is required or
                  proposes to take; and

                       (h)  from time to time such additional information
                  regarding the financial position or business of the
                  Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Agent, at the request
                  of any Bank, may reasonably request. 

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          32<PAGE>





                       SECTION 5.02.  Payment of Taxes, etc.  The
             Borrower will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to
             pay and discharge promptly when due and payable all taxes,
             assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it
             or any of its property, provided that the Borrower or any
             Subsidiary shall not be required to pay any such tax,
             assessment or other governmental charge the payment of which
             is being contested in good faith.

                       SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance. 
             (a)  Subject to Section 5.10, the Borrower will keep, and
             will cause each Subsidiary to keep, all property useful and
             necessary in its business in good working order and
             condition, ordinary wear and tear and force majeure
             excepted.

                       (b)  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
             Subsidiaries to, maintain (either in the name of the
             Borrower or in such Subsidiary's own name) with financially
             sound and responsible insurance companies, insurance on all
             their respective properties in at least such amounts and
             against at least such risks (and with such risk retention)
             as are usually insured against in the same general area by
             companies of established repute engaged in the same or a
             similar business; and will furnish to the Banks, upon
             reasonable request from the Agent, information presented in
             reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.

                       SECTION 5.04.  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower
             will comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all
             material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances,
             rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental
             authorities (including, without limitation, Environmental
             Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder)
             except where (i) the necessity of compliance therewith is
             contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii)
             the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to
             have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or
             results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
             taken as a whole.

                       SECTION 5.05.  Inspection of Property, Books and
             Records.  The Borrower will keep, and will cause each
             Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in
             which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all
             dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
             activities in order to allow for the preparation of
             financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
             accounting principles; and will permit, and will cause each
             Subsidiary to permit, representatives of any Bank at such
             Bank's expense to visit and inspect any of their respective

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          33<PAGE>





             properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of their
             respective books and records and to discuss their respective
             affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
             officers, employees and independent public accountants, all
             at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as
             often as may reasonably be desired and without undue
             interference with the operations of the Borrower or its
             Subsidiaries.

                       SECTION 5.06. Fixed Charge Coverage.  The Fixed
             Charge Coverage Ratio will at no time be less than 2.0 to
             1.0.

                       SECTION 5.07.  Funded Debt.  Consolidated Funded
             Debt will not exceed (i) during the period from the initial
             incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Soekor
             Project Debt until such time as any Completion Guarantees
             have been extinguished, 100% of Adjusted Consolidated
             Tangible Net Worth and (ii) at any other time, 80% of
             Adjusted Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.  For purposes of
             this Section, any preferred stock of a Consolidated
             Subsidiary held by a Person other than the Borrower or a
             Wholly Owned Consolidated Subsidiary shall be included, at
             the higher of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation
             value, in determining Consolidated Funded Debt.

                       SECTION 5.08. Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net
             Worth.  Adjusted Consolidated Tangible Net Worth will not at
             any date be less than the sum of (i) $90,000,000 plus (ii)
             75% of Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal quarter ended
             after December 31, 1994 and on or prior to such date, but
             only to the extent that Consolidated Net Income for any such
             fiscal quarter is positive plus (iii) 75% of the increase in
             consolidated stockholders' equity of the Borrower from any
             equity issuances by the Borrower after the date hereof and
             on or prior to such date.

                       SECTION 5.09. Negative Pledge.  Neither the
             Borrower nor any Subsidiary will create, assume or suffer to
             exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired
             by it, except:

                       (a)  Liens existing on the date of this Agreement
                  securing Debt outstanding on the date of this Agreement
                  in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding
                  $1,000,000;

                       (b)  any Lien existing on any asset of any
                  corporation at the time such corporation becomes a
                  Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such
                  event;

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          34<PAGE>





                       (c)  any Lien on any asset securing Debt incurred
                  or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part
                  of the cost of acquiring such asset, provided that such
                  Lien attaches to such asset concurrently with or within
                  90 days after the acquisition thereof;

                       (d)  any Lien on any asset of any corporation
                  existing at the time such corporation is merged into or
                  consolidated with the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not
                  created in contemplation of such event;

                       (e)  any Lien existing on any asset prior to the
                  acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary and
                  not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

                       (f)  any Lien arising out of the refinancing,
                  extension, renewal or refunding of any Debt secured by
                  any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing subsections
                  of this Section, provided that such Debt is not
                  increased and is not secured by any additional assets;

                       (g)  any Lien arising pursuant to any order of
                  attachment, distraint or similar legal process arising
                  in connection with court proceedings so long as (i) the
                  portion of any judgment or order for the payment of
                  money secured thereby which is not fully payable
                  through insurance is less than $2,000,000 or (ii) the
                  execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively
                  stayed and the claims secured thereby are being
                  contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                       (h)  Liens on any asset of any corporation in
                  favor of the United States of America or any state
                  thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality
                  or political subdivision of the United States of
                  America or any state thereof to secure partial,
                  progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any
                  statute or contract or to secure any Debt (including
                  Debt of the pollution control or industrial revenue
                  bond type) incurred for the purpose of financing all or
                  any part of the purchase price or the cost of
                  construction of the property subject to such Lien;

                       (i)  any Lien on any assets securing either
                  Non-Recourse Debt or, while any Completion Guarantees
                  remain in effect, Soekor Project Debt;

                       (j)  Liens arising in the ordinary course of its
                  business which (i) do not secure Debt or Derivatives
                  Obligations and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially
                  detract from the value of its assets or materially

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          35<PAGE>





                  impair the use thereof in the operation of its
                  business;

                       (k)  Liens on cash and cash equivalents securing
                  Derivatives Obligations, provided that the aggregate
                  amount of cash and cash equivalents subject to such
                  Liens may at no time exceed $2,000,000; and

                       (l)  Liens not otherwise permitted by the
                  foregoing clauses of this Section securing Debt or
                  Derivative Obligations in an aggregate principal amount
                  not to exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Tangible Net
                  Worth at any time outstanding. 

                       SECTION 5.10.  Consolidations, Mergers and Sales
             of Assets.  The Borrower will not consolidate or merge with
             or into any other Person unless (i) the Borrower is the
             surviving entity and (ii) immediately after such merger no
             Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  The Borrower
             will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make a
             Substantial Asset Sale. 

                       SECTION 5.11.  Investments.  Neither the Borrower
             nor any Subsidiary will make or acquire any Investment in
             any Person other than:

                       (a)  Investments existing on the date hereof;

                       (b)  Investments in the Borrower or its
                  Subsidiaries;

                       (c)  any Investment in any Person which,
                  after the making of such Investment, shall be or
                  become a Subsidiary;

                       (d)  temporary cash Investments in money
                  market instruments;

                       (e)  Investments by the Borrower through the
                  exchange of Borrower's capital stock for such
                  Investments;

                       (f)  Investments consisting of undistributed
                  earnings of a Person; and

                       (g)  any Investment not otherwise permitted
                  by the foregoing clauses of this Section if,
                  immediately after any such Investment is made or
                  acquired, the aggregate net book value of all
                  Investments permitted by this clause (g) does not
                  exceed $10,000,000.

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          36<PAGE>





                        SECTION 5.12.  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of
             the Loans made under this Agreement will be used by the
             Borrower for working capital and capital expenditures in the
             ordinary course of business or for the repayment of Debt and
             for the Borrower's other general corporate purposes.  None
             of such proceeds will be used in violation of Section 7 of
             the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any
             regulations issued pursuant thereto, including but not
             limited to Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
             Federal Reserve System.

                       SECTION 5.13.  Maintenance of Existence; Change of
             Business.  The Borrower and each Material Subsidiary shall
             at all times, except as otherwise permitted under Section
             5.10, maintain its corporate existence, and the Borrower
             will not, and will not permit its Subsidiaries to,
             substantially change the general lines of business of the
             Borrower and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole.  Such
             current general lines of business are petroleum services,
             marine and underwater services, inspection services,
             government contracting services, aerospace services and
             survey services. 

                       SECTION 5.14.  Restricted Payments.  Neither the
             Borrower nor any Subsidiary will declare or make any
             Restricted Payment unless, after giving effect thereto (i)
             no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii)
             the aggregate of all Restricted Payments (other than in
             respect of (a) the Stock Repurchase Program and (b) other
             repurchases by the Borrower of its capital stock in
             connection with employee compensation or benefit plans in an
             amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in a fiscal year) declared
             or made subsequent to December 31, 1994 does not exceed 50%
             of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower
             and its Subsidiaries from December 31, 1994 through the end
             of its then most recent fiscal quarter (treated for this
             purpose as a single accounting period).

                       SECTION 5.15.  Transactions with Affiliates.  The
             Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
             directly or indirectly, pay any funds to or for the account
             of, make any Investment (whether by acquisition of stock or
             indebtedness, by loan, advance, transfer of property,
             guarantee or other agreement to pay, purchase or service,
             directly or indirectly, any Debt, or otherwise) in, lease,
             sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, tangible
             or intangible, to, or participate in, or effect, any
             transaction with, any Affiliate except on an arms-length
             basis on terms at least as favorable to the Borrower or such
             Subsidiary as could have been obtained from a third party
             who was not an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          37<PAGE>





             provisions of this Section shall not prohibit any such
             Person from declaring or paying any lawful dividend or other
             payment ratably in respect of all of its capital stock of
             the relevant class so long as, after giving effect thereto,
             no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                       DEFAULTS

                       SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  If one or more
             of the following events ("Events of Default") shall have
             occurred and be continuing:

                       (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any
                  principal of any Note;

                       (b)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest
                  on any Note, any fees hereunder or any other obligation
                  hereunder for a period of five days after the same
                  shall become due;

                       (c)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform
                  any covenant contained in Sections 5.06 through 5.15,
                  inclusive;

                       (d)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform
                  any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement
                  (other than those covered by subsection (a), (b) or (c)
                  above) for 30 days after notice thereof has been given
                  to the Borrower by the Agent at the request of any
                  Bank;

                       (e)  any representation, warranty, certification
                  or statement made by the Borrower in this Agreement or
                  in any certificate, financial statement or other
                  document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall
                  prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
                  when made;

                       (f)  the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall
                  fail to make any payment in respect of any Material
                  Financial Obligation (other than (i) any deferred
                  purchase payment obligation incurred by the Borrower in
                  connection with its acquisition of all of the stock or
                  a material portion of the assets of a corporation and
                  withheld by the Borrower in good faith or (ii) the
                  Notes) when due or within any applicable grace period;



                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          38<PAGE>





                       (g)  any event or condition shall occur which
                  results in the acceleration of the maturity of any
                  Material Debt or the acceleration of the termination of
                  commitments to lend monies or extend credit in any
                  other form in an aggregate amount in excess of
                  $2,000,000 to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or enables
                  (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or
                  both, would enable) the holder of any such Debt or the
                  maker of such commitment, as the case may be, or any
                  Person acting on such holder's or maker's behalf to
                  accelerate the maturity of such Debt or accelerate the
                  termination of such commitment, as the case may be; 

                       (h)  the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall
                  commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking
                  liquidation, reorganization or other relief with
                  respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy,
                  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
                  effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
                  receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar
                  official of it or any substantial part of its property,
                  or shall consent to any such relief or to the
                  appointment of or taking possession by any such
                  official in an involuntary case or other proceeding
                  commenced against it, or shall make a general
                  assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail
                  generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall
                  take any corporate action to authorize any of the
                  foregoing;

                       (i)  an involuntary case or other proceeding shall
                  be commenced against the Borrower or any Material
                  Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other
                  relief with respect to it or its debts under any
                  bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
                  hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a
                  trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
                  similar official of it or any substantial part of its
                  property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding
                  shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of
                  60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered
                  against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary under
                  the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in
                  effect;

                       (j)  any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to
                  pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess
                  of $2,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay
                  under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to
                  terminate a Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV
                  of ERISA by any member of the ERISA Group, any plan

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          39<PAGE>





                  administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or
                  the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of
                  ERISA to terminate, to impose liability (other than for
                  premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or
                  to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any
                  Material Plan; or a condition shall exist by reason of
                  which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree
                  adjudicating that any Material Plan must be terminated;
                  or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal
                  from, or a default, within the meaning of Section
                  4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to, one or more
                  Multiemployer Plans which could cause one or more
                  members of the ERISA Group to incur a current payment
                  obligation in excess of $2,000,000;

                       (k)  a final judgment or order for the payment of
                  money the portion of which not fully payable through
                  insurance equals or exceeds $2,000,000 (or the
                  equivalent amount in any other currency) shall be
                  rendered against the Borrower or any Material
                  Subsidiary and such judgment or order shall continue
                  unsatisfied and in effect and unstayed for a period of
                  30 days after the date of entry thereof; or

                       (l)  any Person or group of Persons (within the
                  meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange
                  Act of 1934, as amended) shall have acquired beneficial
                  ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
                  by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said
                  Act) of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of common
                  stock of the Borrower; or, during any period of twelve
                  consecutive calendar months, individuals who were
                  directors of the Borrower on the first day of such
                  period shall cease to constitute a majority of the
                  board of directors of the Borrower;

             then, and in every such event, the Agent shall (i) if
             requested by the Required Banks, by notice to the Borrower
             terminate the Commitments (if still in existence), and they
             shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) if requested by the
             Required Banks, by notice to the Borrower declare the Notes
             (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the
             Notes shall thereupon become, due and payable without
             presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
             all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided
             that in the case of any of the Events of Default specified
             in clause (h) or (i) above with respect to the Borrower,
             without any notice to the Borrower or any other act by the
             Agent or the Banks, the Commitments shall thereupon
             terminate and the Notes (together with accrued interest
             thereon) shall become immediately due and payable without

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          40<PAGE>





             presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
             all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. 

                       SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default.  The Agent shall
             give notice to the Borrower under Section 6.01(d) promptly
             upon being requested to do so by any Bank and shall
             thereupon notify all the Banks thereof. 


                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      THE AGENT

                       SECTION 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization. 
             Each Bank irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to
             take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such
             powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by
             the terms hereof, together with all such powers as are
             reasonably incidental thereto. 

                       SECTION 7.02.  Agent and Affiliates.  Morgan shall
             have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any
             other Bank and may exercise or refrain from exercising the
             same as though it were not the Agent, and Morgan and its
             affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and
             generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower
             or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrower as if it were
             not the Agent thereunder. 

                       SECTION 7.03.  Action by Agent.  The obligations
             of the Agent under this Agreement are only those expressly
             set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the
             foregoing, the Agent shall not be required to take any
             action with respect to any Default, except as expressly
             provided in Article VI . 

                       SECTION 7.04.  Consultation with Experts.  The
             Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for
             the Borrower), independent public accountants and other
             experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any
             action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
             accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or
             experts. 

                       SECTION 7.05.  Liability of Agent.  Neither the
             Agent nor any of its affiliates nor any of their respective
             directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for
             any action taken or not taken by it in connection herewith
             (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks
             or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or
             willful misconduct.  Neither the Agent nor any of its

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          41<PAGE>





             affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers,
             agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any
             duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify (w) any statement,
             warranty or representation made in connection herewith or
             any borrowing hereunder; (x) the performance or observance
             of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower
             hereunder; (y) the satisfaction of any condition specified
             in Article III, except receipt of items required to be
             delivered to the Agent; or (z) the validity, effectiveness
             or genuineness of this Agreement or any other instrument or
             writing furnished in connection herewith.  The Agent shall
             not incur any liability by acting in reliance upon any
             notice, consent, certificate, statement, or other writing
             (which may be a bank wire, telex or similar writing)
             believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper
             party or parties. 

                       SECTION 7.06. Indemnification.  Each Bank shall,
             ratably in accordance with its Commitment, indemnify the
             Agent, its affiliates and their respective directors,
             officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed
             by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including
             counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss
             or liability (except such as result from the Agent's gross
             negligence or willful misconduct) that the Agent may suffer
             or incur in connection with this Agreement or any action
             taken or omitted by the Agent hereunder. 

                       SECTION 7.07. Credit Decision.  Each Bank
             acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
             upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such
             documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
             its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
             Agreement.  Each Bank also acknowledges that it will,
             independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any
             other Bank, and based on such documents and other
             information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
             continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
             taking any action hereunder.

                       SECTION 7.08.  Successor Agent.  The Agent may
             resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Banks and
             the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Banks
             shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent, which
             successor Agent shall be approved by the Borrower, which
             approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If no
             successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required
             Banks, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30
             days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of
             resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the
             Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          42<PAGE>





             commercial bank organized or licensed under the laws of the
             United States of America or of any State thereof and having
             a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. 
             Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by
             a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon
             succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties
             of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be
             discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  After
             any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the
             provisions of this Article shall inure to its benefit as to
             any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
             Agent. 


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                               CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
                              AFFECTING FIXED RATE LOANS

                       SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate
             Inadequate or Unfair.  If on or prior to the first day of
             any Interest Period for any Fixed Rate Borrowing:

                       (a)  the Agent is advised by the Reference Banks
                  that deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts)
                  are not being offered to the Reference Banks in the
                  relevant market for such Interest Period, or

                       (b)  Banks having 50% or more of the aggregate
                  amount of the Commitments advise the Agent that the
                  Adjusted CD Rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate,
                  as the case may be, as determined by the Agent will not
                  adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of
                  funding their CD Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, as the
                  case may be, for such Interest Period,

             the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the
             Borrower and the Banks, whereupon until the Agent notifies
             the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such
             suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Banks to
             make CD Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, as the case may be,
             shall be suspended.  Unless the Borrower notifies the Agent
             at least two Domestic Business Days before the date of any
             Fixed Rate Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing has
             previously been given that it elects not to borrow on such
             date, such Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate
             Borrowing.

                       SECTION 8.02.  Illegality.  If, on or after the
             date of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law,
             rule or regulation, or any change in any applicable law,

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          43<PAGE>





             rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or
             administration thereof by any governmental authority,
             central bank or comparable agency charged with the
             interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
             any Bank (or its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) with any
             request or directive (whether or not having the force of
             law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable
             agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or
             its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund
             its Euro-Dollar Loans and such Bank shall so notify the
             Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the
             other Banks and the Borrower, whereupon until such Bank
             notifies the Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances
             giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
             obligation of such Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans shall be
             suspended.  Before giving any notice to the Agent pursuant
             to this Section, such Bank shall designate a different
             Euro-Dollar Lending Office if such designation will avoid
             the need for giving such notice and will not, in the
             judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
             Bank.  If such Bank shall determine that it may not lawfully
             continue to maintain and fund any of its outstanding
             Euro-Dollar Loans to maturity and shall so specify in such
             notice, the Borrower shall immediately prepay in full the
             then outstanding principal amount of each such Euro-Dollar
             Loan, together with accrued interest thereon.  Concurrently
             with prepaying each such Euro-Dollar Loan, the Borrower
             shall borrow a Base Rate Loan in an equal principal amount
             from such Bank (on which interest and principal shall be
             payable contemporaneously with the related Euro-Dollar Loans
             of the other Banks), and such Bank shall make such a Base
             Rate Loan.
              
                       SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return. 
             (a)  If on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any
             applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in any
             applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the
             interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
             authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
             the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
             by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any
             request or directive (whether or not having the force of
             law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable
             agency shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve
             (including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed
             by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but
             excluding (i) with respect to any CD Loan any such
             requirement included in an applicable Domestic Reserve
             Percentage and (ii) with respect to any Euro-Dollar Loan,
             any such requirement with respect to which such Bank is
             entitled to compensation during the relevant Interest Period

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          44<PAGE>





             under Section 2.14), special deposit, insurance assessment
             (excluding, with respect to any CD Loan, any such
             requirement reflected in an applicable Assessment Rate) or
             similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for
             the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank (or its
             Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or
             its Applicable Lending Office) or on the United States
             market for certificates of deposit or the London interbank
             market any other condition affecting its Fixed Rate Loans,
             its Note or its obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans and the
             result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to
             such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making or
             maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan, or to reduce the amount of
             any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its
             Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its
             Note with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank
             to be material, then, within 15 days after demand by such
             Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to
             such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will
             compensate such Bank for such increased cost or reduction.
              
                       (b)  If any Bank shall have determined that, after
             the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
             regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any
             such law, rule or regulation, or any change in the
             interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
             authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
             the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request
             or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not
             having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank
             or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of
             reducing the rate of return on capital of such Bank (or its
             Parent) as a consequence of such Bank's obligations
             hereunder to a level below that which such Bank (or its
             Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change,
             request or directive (taking into consideration its policies
             with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by
             such Bank to be material, then from time to time, within 15
             days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent),
             the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount
             or amounts as will compensate such Bank (or its Parent) for
             such reduction.
              
                       (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower
             and the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge,
             occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such
             Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section and will
             designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such
             designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount
             of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such
             Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.  A

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          45<PAGE>





             certificate of any Bank claiming compensation under this
             Section and setting forth the additional amount or amounts
             to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the
             absence of manifest error.  In determining such amount, such
             Bank may use any reasonable averaging and attribution
             methods.  Notwithstanding the foregoing subsections (a) and
             (b) of this Section 8.03, the Borrower shall only be
             obligated to compensate any Bank for any amount arising or
             accruing during (i) any time or period commencing not more
             than 180 days prior to the date on which such Bank notifies
             the Agent and the Borrower that it proposes to demand such
             compensation and identifies to the Agent and the Borrower
             the statute, regulation or other basis upon which the
             claimed compensation is or will be based and (ii) any time
             or period during which, because of the retroactive
             application of such statute, regulation or other such basis,
             such Bank did not know (and would not in the exercise of
             reasonable diligence have known) that such amount would
             arise or accrue.

                       SECTION 8.04.  Taxes.  (a)  For purposes of this
             Section 8.04, the following terms have the following
             meanings:

                       "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes,
             duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings
             with respect to any payment by the Borrower pursuant to this
             Agreement or under any Note, and all liabilities with
             respect thereto, excluding (i) in the case of each Bank and
             the Agent, taxes imposed on its income, and franchise or
             similar taxes imposed on it, by a jurisdiction under the
             laws of which such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) is
             organized or in which its principal executive office is
             located or, in the case of each Bank, in which its
             Applicable Lending Office is located and (ii) in the case of
             each Bank, any United States withholding tax imposed on such
             payments but only to the extent that such Bank is subject to
             United States withholding tax at the time such Bank first
             becomes a party to this Agreement.

                       "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or
             documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, or
             similar charges or levies, which arise from any payment made
             pursuant to this Agreement or under any Note or from the
             execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this
             Agreement or any Note.  

                       "United States" means the United States of
             America, including the States and the District of Columbia,
             but excluding its territories and possessions.


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          46<PAGE>





                       (b)  Any and all payments by the Borrower to or
             for the account of any Bank or the Agent hereunder or under
             any Note shall be made without deduction for any Taxes or
             Other Taxes; provided that, if the Borrower shall be
             required by law to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from any
             such payments, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as
             necessary so that after making all required deductions
             (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable
             under this Section 8.04) such Bank or the Agent (as the case
             may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
             received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower
             shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the
             full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or
             other authority in accordance with applicable law and
             (iv) the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, at its address
             referred to in Section 9.01, the original or a certified
             copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

                       (c)  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank
             and the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes
             (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes
             imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable
             under this Section 8.04) paid by such Bank or the Agent (as
             the case may be) and any liability (including penalties,
             interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect
             thereto.  This indemnification shall be paid within 15 days
             after such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) makes
             demand therefor.

                       (d)  Each Bank organized under the laws of a
             jurisdiction outside the United States, on or prior to the
             date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the
             case of each Bank listed on the signature pages hereof and
             on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank in the
             case of each other Bank, and from time to time thereafter if
             requested in writing by the Borrower (but only so long as
             such Bank remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the
             Borrower with Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as
             appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the
             Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Bank is
             entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the
             United States is a party which exempts the Bank from United
             States withholding tax or reduces the rate of withholding
             tax on payments of interest for the account of such Bank or
             certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this
             Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a
             trade or business in the United States.  

                       (e)  For any period with respect to which a Bank
             has failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form
             pursuant to Section 8.04(d) (unless such failure is due to a

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          47<PAGE>





             change in treaty, law or regulation occurring subsequent to
             the date on which such form originally was required to be
             provided), such Bank shall not be entitled to
             indemnification under Section 8.04(b) or (c) with respect to
             Taxes imposed by the United States; provided that if a Bank,
             which is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate
             of withholding tax, becomes subject to Taxes because of its
             failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower
             shall take such steps as such Bank shall reasonably request
             to assist such Bank to recover such Taxes.

                       (f)  If the Borrower is required to pay additional
             amounts to or for the account of any Bank pursuant to this
             Section 8.04, then such Bank will change the jurisdiction of
             its Applicable Lending Office if, in the judgment of such
             Bank, such change (i) will eliminate or reduce any such
             additional payment which may thereafter accrue and (ii) is
             not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.

                       SECTION 8.05.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for
             Affected Fixed Rate Loans.  If (i) the obligation of any
             Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans has been suspended pursuant
             to Section 8.02 or (ii) any Bank has demanded compensation
             under Section 8.03 or 8.04 with respect to its CD Loans or
             Euro-Dollar Loans and the Borrower shall, by at least five
             Euro-Dollar Business Days' prior notice to such Bank through
             the Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section
             shall apply to such Bank, then, unless and until such Bank
             notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to
             such suspension or demand for compensation no longer exist:
              
                       (a)  all Loans which would otherwise be made by
                  such Bank as CD Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, as the case
                  may be, shall be made instead as Base Rate Loans (on
                  which interest and principal shall be payable
                  contemporaneously with the related Fixed Rate Loans of
                  the other Banks), and
              
                       (b)  after each of its CD Loans or Euro-Dollar
                  Loans, as the case may be, has been repaid, all
                  payments of principal which would otherwise be applied
                  to repay such Fixed Rate Loans shall be applied to
                  repay its Base Rate Loans instead.

                       SECTION 8.06.  Substitution of Bank.  If (i) the
             obligation of any Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans has been
             suspended pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) any Bank has
             demanded compensation under Section 8.03 or 8.04, the
             Borrower shall have the right, with the assistance of the
             Agent, to seek a mutually satisfactory substitute bank or


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          48<PAGE>





             banks (which may be one or more of the Banks) to purchase
             the Note and assume the Commitment of such Bank. 


                                      ARTICLE IX

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

                       SECTION 9.01.  Notices.  All notices, requests and
             other communications to any party hereunder shall be in
             writing (including bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission
             or similar writing) and shall be given to such party:  (x)
             in the case of the Borrower or the Agent, at its address,
             facsimile number or telex number set forth on the signature
             pages hereof, (y) in the case of any Bank, at its address,
             facsimile number or telex number set forth in its
             Administrative Questionnaire or (z) in the case of any
             party, such other address, facsimile number or telex number
             as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by
             notice to the Agent and the Borrower.  Each such notice,
             request or other communication shall be effective (i) if
             given by telex, when such telex is transmitted to the telex
             number specified in this Section and the appropriate
             answerback is received, (ii) if given by facsimile
             transmission, when transmitted to the facsimile number
             specified in this Section and confirmation of receipt is
             received, (iii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such
             communication is deposited in the mails with first class
             postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iv) if given by
             any other means, when delivered at the address specified in
             this Section; provided that notices to the Agent under
             Article II or Article VIII shall not be effective until
             received.
              
                       SECTION 9.02.  No Waivers.  No failure or delay by
             the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or
             privilege hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a
             waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
             thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
             the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The
             rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and
             not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
              
                       SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The
             Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
             of the Agent, including the reasonable fees and
             disbursements of special counsel for the Agent, in
             connection with the preparation and administration of this
             Agreement, any waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment
             hereof or any Default or alleged Default hereunder and (ii)
             if an Event of Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          49<PAGE>





             expenses incurred by the Agent and each Bank, including
             (without duplication) the reasonable fees and disbursements
             of outside counsel and the allocated cost of inside counsel,
             in connection with such Event of Default and collection,
             bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings
             resulting therefrom.

                       (b)  The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent
             and each Bank, their respective affiliates and the
             respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the
             foregoing (each an "Indemnitee") and hold each Indemnitee
             harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses,
             damages, costs and expenses of any kind, including, without
             limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
             counsel, which may be incurred by such Indemnitee in
             connection with any investigative, administrative or
             judicial proceeding (whether or not such Indemnitee shall be
             designated a party thereto) brought or threatened relating
             to or arising out of this Agreement or any actual or
             proposed use of proceeds of Loans hereunder; provided that
             no Indemnitee shall have the right to be indemnified
             hereunder for such Indemnitee's own gross negligence or
             willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent
             jurisdiction.
              
                       SECTION 9.04.  Sharing of Set-Offs.  Each Bank
             agrees that if it shall, by exercising any right of set-off
             or counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of a
             proportion of the aggregate amount of principal and interest
             due with respect to any Note held by it which is greater
             than the proportion received by any other Bank in respect of
             the aggregate amount of principal and interest due with
             respect to any Note held by such other Bank, the Bank
             receiving such proportionately greater payment shall
             purchase such participations in the Notes held by the other
             Banks, and such other adjustments shall be made, as may be
             required so that all such payments of principal and interest
             with respect to the Notes held by the Banks shall be shared
             by the Banks pro rata; provided that nothing in this Section
             shall impair the right of any Bank to exercise any right of
             set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount
             subject to such exercise to the payment of indebtedness of
             the Borrower other than its indebtedness hereunder.  The
             Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do
             so under applicable law, that any holder of a participation
             in a Note, whether or not acquired pursuant to the foregoing
             arrangements, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim
             and other rights with respect to such participation as fully
             as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor
             of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
              

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          50<PAGE>





                       SECTION 9.05.  Amendments and Waivers.  Any
             provision of this Agreement or the Notes may be amended or
             waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in
             writing and is signed by the Borrower and the Required Banks
             (and, if the rights or duties of the Agent are affected
             thereby, by the Agent); provided that no such amendment or
             waiver shall, unless signed by all the Banks, (i) increase
             or decrease the Commitment of any Bank (except for a ratable
             decrease in the Commitments of all Banks) or subject any
             Bank to any additional obligation, (ii) reduce the principal
             of or rate of interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder,
             (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal
             of or interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder or for any
             reduction or termination of any Commitment, (iv) change the
             aggregate amount by which or to which the Commitments are
             required to be reduced on or prior to any Commitment
             Reduction Date or (v) change the percentage of the
             Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
             the Notes, or the number of Banks, which shall be required
             for the Banks or any of them to take any action under this
             Section or any other provision of this Agreement.
              
                       SECTION 9.06.  Successors and Assigns. (a)  The
             provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
             to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
             successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not
             assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights under this
             Agreement without the prior written consent of all Banks.
              
                       (b)  Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more
             banks or other institutions (each a "Participant")
             participating interests in its Commitment or any or all of
             its Loans.  In the event of any such grant by a Bank of a
             participating interest to a Participant, whether or not upon
             notice to the Borrower and the Agent, such Bank shall remain
             responsible for the performance of its obligations
             hereunder, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to
             deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with
             such Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement. 
             Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a
             participating interest shall provide that such Bank shall
             retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the
             obligations of the Borrower hereunder including, without
             limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification
             or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that
             such participation agreement may provide that such Bank will
             not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of this
             Agreement described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of
             Section 9.05 without the consent of the Participant.  The
             Borrower agrees that each Participant shall, to the extent
             provided in its participation agreement, be entitled to the

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          51<PAGE>





             benefits of Article VIII with respect to its participating
             interest.  An assignment or other transfer which is not
             permitted by subsection (c) or (d) below shall be given
             effect for purposes of this Agreement only to the extent of
             a participating interest granted in accordance with this
             subsection (b).
              
                       (c)  Any Bank may at any time assign to one or
             more banks or other institutions (each an "Assignee") all,
             or a proportionate part (equivalent to an initial Commitment
             of not less than $5,000,000 or such lesser amount as may be
             acceptable to the Borrower and the Agent) of all, of its
             rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Notes,
             and such Assignee shall assume such rights and obligations,
             pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in
             substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto executed by such
             Assignee and such transferor Bank, with (and subject to) the
             subscribed consent of the Borrower, which shall not be
             unreasonably withheld, and acknowledgement of the Agent;
             provided that if an Assignee is an affiliate of such
             transferor Bank or was a Bank immediately prior to such
             assignment, no such consent shall be required.  Upon
             execution and delivery of such instrument and payment by
             such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to
             the purchase price agreed between such transferor Bank and
             such Assignee, such Assignee shall be a Bank party to this
             Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a
             Bank with a Commitment as set forth in such instrument of
             assumption, and the transferor Bank shall be released from
             its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no
             further consent or action by any party shall be required. 
             Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this
             subsection (c), the transferor Bank, the Agent and the
             Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if
             required, a new Note is issued to the Assignee.  In
             connection with any such assignment, the transferor Bank
             shall pay to the Agent an administrative fee for processing
             such assignment in the amount of $2,500.  If the Assignee is
             not incorporated under the laws of the United States of
             America or a state thereof, it shall deliver to the Borrower
             and the Agent certification as to exemption from deduction
             or withholding of any United States federal income taxes in
             accordance with Section 8.04.
              
                       (d)  Any Bank may at any time assign all or any
             portion of its rights under this Agreement and its Note to a
             Federal Reserve Bank.  No such assignment shall release the
             transferor Bank from its obligations hereunder.
              
                       (e)  No Assignee, Participant or other transferee
             of any Bank's rights shall be entitled to receive any

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          52<PAGE>





             greater payment under Section 8.03 or 8.04 than such Bank
             would have been entitled to receive with respect to the
             rights transferred, unless such transfer is made with the
             Borrower's prior written consent or by reason of the
             provisions of Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.04 requiring such Bank
             to designate a different Applicable Lending Office under
             certain circumstances or at a time when the circumstances
             giving rise to such greater payment did not exist.
              
                       SECTION 9.07.  Collateral.  Each of the Banks
             represents to the Agent and each of the other Banks that it
             in good faith is not relying upon any "margin stock" (as
             defined in Regulation U) as collateral in the extension or
             maintenance of the credit provided for in this Agreement.
              
                       SECTION 9.08.  Governing Law; Submission to
             Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and each Note shall be
             governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
             State of New York.  The Borrower hereby submits to the
             nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District
             Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New
             York State court sitting in New York City for purposes of
             all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this
             Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The
             Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted
             by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to
             the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in
             such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought
             in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
              
                       SECTION 9.09.  Counterparts; Integration;
             Effectiveness.  This Agreement may be signed in any number
             of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with
             the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
             upon the same instrument.  This Agreement constitutes the
             entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto
             and supersedes any and all prior agreements and
             understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject
             matter hereof.  This Agreement shall become effective upon
             receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof signed by each
             of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party as to
             which an executed counterpart shall not have been received,
             receipt by the Agent in form satisfactory to it of
             telegraphic, telex, facsimile or other written confirmation
             from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such
             party).

                       SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE
             BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES
             ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          53<PAGE>





             ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
             TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.


















































                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          54<PAGE>





                       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
             this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
             authorized officers as of the day and year first above
             written.


                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. 



                                        By_ROBERT_P._MINGOIA_________
                                          Title: Treasurer
                                        16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 650
                                        Houston, Texas  77084
                                        Telex number:  775181
                                        Telecopy number:  (713) 578-5243



             Commitments

             $ 30,000,000               MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                          OF NEW YORK



                                        By_JAMES_S._FINCH____________
                                          Title: Vice President


             $ 25,000,000               TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                                          ASSOCIATION



                                        By_MONA_M._FOCH_____________
                                          Title: Vice President


             $ 20,000,000               FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF 
                                          TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By_ANN_M._RHOADS_____________
                                         Title: Vice President
             _________________
             Total Commitments

             $75,000,000
             =================

                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          55<PAGE>






                                        MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                           OF NEW YORK, as Agent



                                        By______________________________
                                          Title:
                                          60 Wall Street
                                          New York, New York  10260
                                          Telex number:  177615
                                          Telecopy number: (212) 648-5014








































                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          56<PAGE>





                                                               EXHIBIT A

                                         NOTE


                                                     New York, New York
                                                                  , 19


                       For  value  received,  OCEANEERING  INTERNATIONAL,
             INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Borrower"),  promises to
             pay to the  order of                      (the "Bank"),  for
             the  account of  its Applicable  Lending Office,  the unpaid
             principal  amount of  each  Loan made  by  the Bank  to  the
             Borrower pursuant to the  Credit Agreement referred to below
             on  the last  day of  the Interest  Period relating  to such
             Loan.  The Borrower  promises to pay interest on  the unpaid
             principal amount of each  such Loan on the dates  and at the
             rate or rates  provided for  in the Credit  Agreement.   All
             such  payments of  principal and  interest shall be  made in
             lawful  money  of the  United  States  in Federal  or  other
             immediately available funds at the office of Morgan Guaranty
             Trust Company of  New York,  60 Wall Street,  New York,  New
             York.

                       All Loans  made by the Bank,  the respective types
             and maturities  thereof and all repayments  of the principal
             thereof shall be  recorded by the  Bank and, if the  Bank so
             elects  in  connection  with  any  transfer  or  enforcement
             hereof,  appropriate  notations  to  evidence  the foregoing
             information with respect to  each such Loan then outstanding
             may be endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto,
             or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a
             part hereof; provided that  the failure of the Bank  to make
             any  such recordation  or endorsement  shall not  affect the
             obligations of  the Borrower  hereunder or under  the Credit
             Agreement.

                       This note is one  of the Notes referred to  in the
             Credit  Agreement  dated  as of  April  12,  1995 among  the
             Borrower,  the  banks  parties thereto  and  Morgan Guaranty
             Trust Company of New York, as Agent (as amended from time to
             time, the "Credit  Agreement").  Terms defined in the Credit
             Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.  Reference
             is made  to  the Credit  Agreement  for provisions  for  the
             prepayment hereof  and  the  acceleration  of  the  maturity
             hereof. 

                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. 



                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>





                                        By______________________________
                                          Title:


















































                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          2<PAGE>






                           LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL


     __________________________________________________________________________

                               Type         Amount of
                 Amount         of          Principal     Maturity   Notation
       Date      of Loan       Loan           Repaid        Date      Made By
     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________ 






                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                           3<PAGE>






                                                             EXHIBIT B-1 




                                 OPINION OF SPECIAL 
                               COUNSEL FOR THE BORROWER


                                                  [Dated as provided 
                                                   in Section 3.01 of 
                                                   the Credit Agreement] 


             To the Banks and the Agent 
               Referred to Below 
             c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
               of New York, as Agent 
             60 Wall Street 
             New York, New York  10260 
              
             Dear Sirs: 

                    We  have  acted as  special  counsel  to  Oceaneering
             International, Inc. (the "Borrower") in connection with  the
             Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of  April
             12,  1995 among the Borrower, the Banks (as defined therein)
             and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent, and
             are rendering this  opinion pursuant to Section  3.01 of the
             Credit  Agreement.    Terms defined in  the Credit Agreement
             and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as  therein
             defined.

                    We have  examined originals  or copies,  certified or
             otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents,
             corporate  records,  certificates  of  public  officials and
             other    instruments   and   have   conducted   such   other
             investigations of fact  and law as we  have deemed necessary
             or advisable for purposes of this opinion.  

                    Upon  the  basis of  the  foregoing,  we  are of  the
             opinion that: 

                    [Provided separately]




                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>






                                                             EXHIBIT B-2 



                                  OPINION OF GENERAL
                               COUNSEL OF THE BORROWER


                                                  [Dated as provided 
                                                   in Section 3.01 of 
                                                   the Credit Agreement] 


             To the Banks and the Agent 
               Referred to Below 
             c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
               of New York, as Agent 
             60 Wall Street 
             New York, New York  10260 

             Dear Sirs: 

                    I am  General Counsel  of Oceaneering  International,
             Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  and  am
             familiar with the Credit Agreement (the "Credit  Agreement")
             dated as of April 12, 1995 among the Borrower, the Banks (as
             defined therein) and  Morgan Guaranty Trust  Company of  New
             York, as Agent (the  "Agent").  Terms defined in  the Credit
             Agreement and  not otherwise defined herein  are used herein
             as therein defined.

                    I  have examined  originals  or copies,  certified or
             otherwise identified to my  satisfaction, of such documents,
             corporate  records, certificates  of  public  officials  and
             other   instruments   and    have   conducted   such   other
             investigations of fact and law as I have deemed necessary or
             advisable for purposes of this opinion.  

                    Upon the basis of the foregoing,  I am of the opinion
             that: 

                    [Provided separately]






                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>






                                                                EXHIBIT C



                                      OPINION OF
                            DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL, SPECIAL
                                COUNSEL FOR THE AGENT     


                                                  [Dated as provided in
                                                   Section 3.01 of the
                                                   Credit Agreement]


             To the Banks and the Agent 
               Referred to Below 
             c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
               of New York, as Agent 
             60 Wall Street 
             New York, New York  10260 

             Dear Sirs:

                    We  have  participated  in  the  preparation  of  the
             Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of  April
             12, 1995  among Oceaneering International, Inc.,  a Delaware
             corporation (the "Borrower"), the Banks (as defined therein)
             and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent (the
             "Agent"), and  have acted as  special counsel for  the Agent
             for the  purpose  of  rendering  this  opinion  pursuant  to
             Section 3.01(c)  of the Credit Agreement.   Terms defined in
             the Credit Agreement  and not otherwise  defined herein  are
             used herein as therein defined. 

                    We  have examined  originals or copies,  certified or
             otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents,
             corporate records, certificates of such documents, corporate
             records,   certificates  of   public  officials   and  other
             instruments and have conducted such other investigations  of
             fact  and law as we  have deemed necessary  or advisable for
             purposes of this opinion. 

                    Upon  the  basis of  the  foregoing,  we are  of  the
             opinion that:

                    1.   The execution,  delivery and  performance by the
             Borrower of  the Credit Agreement  and the Notes  are within

                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>






             the  Borrower's   corporate  powers   and  have  been   duly
             authorized by all necessary corporate action.

                    2.   The  Credit  Agreement  constitutes a  valid and
             binding agreement of the Borrower and each Note  constitutes
             a valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, in each case
             enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same
             may  be limited  by bankruptcy,  insolvency or  similar laws
             affecting   creditors'  rights  generally   and  by  general
             principles of equity.

                    We are members of  the Bar of the  State of New  York
             and  the foregoing  opinion is  limited to  the laws  of the
             State of New York, the federal laws  of the United States of
             America  and the  General Corporation  Law of  the State  of
             Delaware.  In  giving the foregoing  opinion, we express  no
             opinion  as  to  the  effect (if  any)  of  any  law of  any
             jurisdiction (except  the State  of New York)  in which  any
             Bank  is located which limits the rate of interest that such
             Bank may charge or collect.

                    This opinion is rendered  solely to you in connection
             with the above  matter.  This opinion may not be relied upon
             by you  for any other  purpose or  relied upon by  any other
             person without our prior written consent.

                                   Very truly yours,





















                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          2<PAGE>






                                                                EXHIBIT D


                                 EXTENSION AGREEMENT


             Oceaneering International, Inc.
             16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 650
             Houston, Texas  77084    

             Morgan Guaranty Trust Company      
                of New York, as Agent under     
                the Credit Agreement            
                referred to below               
             60 Wall Street                     
             New York, NY  10260

             Gentlemen:

                       The undersigned hereby  agree to extend, effective
             ___________,  1998,  the Revolving  Credit Period  under the
             Credit  Agreement  dated   as  of  April   12,  1995   among
             Oceaneering International, Inc.  (the "Borrower"), the Banks
             parties  thereto and  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company  of New
             York,  as  agent (the  "Credit Agreement")  for one  year to
             April 12, 1999.   Terms defined in the Credit  Agreement are
             used herein as therein defined. 

                       This  Extension Agreement  shall  be construed  in
             accordance with and governed by the  law of the State of New
             York. 


                                           MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                             OF NEW YORK


                                           By __________________________
                                              Title:









                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>






                                           TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                                             ASSOCIATION


                                           By __________________________
                                              Title:



                                          FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF
                                             TEXAS, N.A.


                                           By __________________________
                                              Title:



             Agreed and accepted:

             OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. 



             By __________________________
                Title:



             MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
               OF NEW YORK, as Agent


             By __________________________
                Title:













                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          2<PAGE>






                                                                EXHIBIT E



                         ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT


                    AGREEMENT dated as of _________, 19__ among <NAME OF
             ASSIGNOR> (the "Assignor"), <NAME OF ASSIGNEE> (the
             "Assignee"), OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the
             "Borrower") and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
             as Agent (the "Agent").

                    WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement
             (the "Agreement") relates to the Credit Agreement dated as
             of April 12, 1995 among the Borrower, the Assignor and the
             other Banks party thereto, as Banks, and the Agent (the
             "Credit Agreement");

                    WHEREAS, as provided under the Credit Agreement, the
             Assignor has a Commitment to make Loans to the Borrower in
             an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to
             exceed $__________;

                    WHEREAS, Loans made to the Borrower by the Assignor
             under the Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount
             of $__________ are outstanding at the date hereof; and

                    WHEREAS, the Assignor proposes to assign to the
             Assignee all of the rights of the Assignor under the Credit
             Agreement in respect of a portion of its Commitment
             thereunder in an amount equal to $__________ (the "Assigned
             Amount"), together with a corresponding portion of its
             outstanding Loans, and the Assignee proposes to accept
             assignment of such rights and assume the corresponding
             obligations from the Assignor on such terms;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
             and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties
             hereto agree as follows:

                    SECTION 1.  Definitions. All capitalized terms not
             otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings
             set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                    SECTION 2.  Assignment.  The Assignor hereby assigns
             and sells to the Assignee all of the rights of the Assignor

                                  27009/039/CA/agt<PAGE>






             under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the Assigned
             Amount, and the Assignee hereby accepts such assignment from
             the Assignor and assumes all of the obligations of the
             Assignor under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the
             Assigned Amount, including the purchase from the Assignor of
             the corresponding portion of the principal amount of the
             Loans made by the Assignor outstanding at the date hereof. 
             Upon the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor, the
             Assignee, the Borrower and the Agent and the payment of the
             amounts specified in Section 3 required to be paid on the
             date hereof (i) the Assignee shall, as of the date hereof,
             succeed to the rights and be obligated to perform the
             obligations of a Bank under the Credit Agreement with a
             Commitment in an amount equal to the Assigned Amount, and
             (ii) the Commitment of the Assignor shall, as of the date
             hereof, be reduced by a like amount and the Assignor
             released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement to
             the extent such obligations have been assumed by the
             Assignee.  The assignment provided for herein shall be
             without recourse to the Assignor.

                    SECTION 3.  Payments.  As consideration for the
             assignment and sale contemplated in Section 2 hereof, the
             Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on the date hereof in
             Federal funds the amount heretofore agreed between them.  It
             is understood that commitment and/or facility fees accrued
             to the date hereof are for the account of the Assignor and
             such fees accruing from and including the date hereof are
             for the account of the Assignee.  Each of the Assignor and
             the Assignee hereby agrees that if it receives any amount
             under the Credit Agreement which is for the account of the
             other party hereto, it shall receive the same for the
             account of such other party to the extent of such other
             party's interest therein and shall promptly pay the same to
             such other party.

                    SECTION 4.  Consent of the Borrower and
             Acknowledgement of the Agent.  This Agreement is conditioned
             upon the consent of the Borrower and the acknowledgement of
             the Agent pursuant to Section 9.06(c) of the Credit
             Agreement.  The execution of this Agreement by the Borrower
             and the Agent is evidence of such consent and
             acknowledgement.  Pursuant to Section 9.06(c), the Borrower
             agrees to execute and deliver a Note payable to the order of
             the Assignee to evidence the assignment and assumption
             provided for herein.


                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          2<PAGE>






                    SECTION 5.  Non-Reliance on Assignor.  The Assignor
             makes no representation or warranty in connection with, and
             shall have no responsibility with respect to, the solvency,
             financial condition, or statements of the Borrower, or the
             validity and enforceability of the obligations of the
             Borrower in respect of the Credit Agreement or any Note. 
             The Assignee acknowledges that it has, independently and
             without reliance on the Assignor, and based on such
             documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
             its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
             Agreement and will continue to be responsible for making its
             own independent appraisal of the business, affairs and
             financial condition of the Borrower.

                    SECTION 6.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be
             governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
             State of New York.

                    SECTION 7.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be
             signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
             an original, with the same effect as if the signatures
             thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
             Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly
             authorized officers as of the date first above written.


                                        <NAME OF ASSIGNOR>


                                        By_________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:



                                        <NAME OF ASSIGNEE>


                                        By__________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:





                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          3<PAGE>






                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                        By__________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                        MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                          OF NEW YORK, as Agent


                                        By__________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

































                                  27009/039/CA/agt

                                          4<PAGE>



          EXHIBIT 10.08
                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                 (As Amended and Restated Effective February 1, 1993)<PAGE>





                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                 (As Amended and Restated Effective February 1, 1993)


                                      I N D E X
                                                                       Page


          ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
          Section:
             1.1         Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.2         Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.3         Beneficiary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.4         Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.5         Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.6         Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.7         Company Matching Account . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.8         Company Matching Contribution  . . . . . . . .   2
             1.9         Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.10        Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
             1.11        Contribution Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.12        Deferred Company Contribution  . . . . . . . .   3
             1.13        Employee Contribution Account  . . . . . . . .   3
             1.14        Employee Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.15        ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.16        Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.17        Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.18        Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.19        Entry Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.20        Fiduciaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.21        Income of the Investment Accounts  . . . . . .   3
             1.22        Investment Account(s)  . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.23        Investment Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
             1.24        Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.25        Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.26        Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.27        Participation Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.28        Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.29        Plan Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.30        Retirement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.31        Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
             1.32        Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

          ARTICLE II     ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . .   5
          Section:
             2.1         Appointment of Committee . . . . . . . . . . .   5
             2.2         Records of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
             2.3         Committee Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
             2.4         Committee Disqualification . . . . . . . . . .   5
             2.5         Committee Compensation, Expenses and Advisers    5

                                         (i)<PAGE>





                                                                       Page

             2.6         Committee Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
             2.7         Committee Determinations . . . . . . . . . . .   6
             2.8         Information from Employer  . . . . . . . . . .   6
             2.9         General Powers of Committee  . . . . . . . . .   6
             2.10        Uniform Administration . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
             2.11        Reporting Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . .   7
             2.12        Disclosure Responsibilities  . . . . . . . . .   7
             2.13        Participant Statements . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
             2.14        Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for
          Plan
                            Administration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
             2.15        Presenting Claims for Benefits . . . . . . . .   8
             2.16        Claims Review Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . .   9
             2.17        Disputed Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

          ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE  . . . . . . . . . .  10
          Section:
             3.1         Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
             3.2         Participants to Furnish Required Information .  10
             3.3         Participation Service  . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
             3.4         Participation Upon Re-Employment . . . . . . .  10
             3.5         Transferred or Ineligible Participants . . . .  10

          ARTICLE IV     CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES  . . . . . . . .  11
          Section:
             4.1         Deferred Company Contributions . . . . . . . .  11
             4.2         Company Matching Contributions . . . . . . . .  11
             4.3         Employee Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             4.4         Funding Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
             4.5         Special One-Time Vesting . . . . . . . . . . .  13
             4.6         Special One-Time Employee and Deferred Company
                            Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

          ARTICLE V      ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . .  14
          Section:
             5.1         Individual Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
             5.2         Account Adjustments  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
             5.3         Valuation of Investment Accounts . . . . . . .  14
             5.4         Recognition of Different Investment Funds  . .  14

          ARTICLE VI     PARTICIPANTS' BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
          Section:
             6.1         Retirement  of Participant on  or After Retirement
          Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             6.2         Disability of Participant  . . . . . . . . . .  15
             6.3         Death of Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             6.4         Other Termination of Service . . . . . . . . .  15
             6.5         Beneficiaries in the Event of Death  . . . . .  16
             6.6         Qualified Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16


                                         (ii)<PAGE>





                                                                       Page

             6.7         Valuation  Dates  Determinative  of  Participants'
          Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             6.8         Loans and Withdrawals  . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
             6.9         Tax Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
             6.10        Cessation of Deferred Company Contributions and
                            Company Matching Contributions and Tax Payment 17

          ARTICLE VII    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

          ARTICLE VIII        INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS  . . . . . . . . .  19
          Section:
             8.1         Investment Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             8.2         Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             8.3         Investment Directions of Participants  . . . .  19
             8.4         Change of Investment Directions  . . . . . . .  19
             8.5         Benefits Provided Solely From Individual Accounts . 20

          ARTICLE IX   ADOPTION OF PLAN BY OTHER ORGANIZATIONS;
                          AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN;
                          DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
                          INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
          Section:
             9.1         Procedure for Adoption . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             9.2         Effect of Adoption . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             9.3         Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             9.4         Acceptance or Rejection of Amendment by Employers . 22
             9.5         Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
























                                        (iii)<PAGE>





                                                                       Page

             9.6         Liquidation   and   Distribution   of   Investment
          Accounts Upon
                            Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
             9.7         Effect of Termination or Discontinuance of Company
          Matching
                            Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
             9.8         Merger of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

          ARTICLE X      MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
          Section:
            10.1         Terms of Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            10.2         Controlling Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            10.3         Invalidity of Particular Provisions  . . . . .  24
            10.4         Non-Alienability of Rights of Participants . .  24
            10.5         Payments    in    Satisfaction   of    Claims   of
          Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            10.6         Impossibility of Diversion of Investment Accounts . 24


































                                         (iv)<PAGE>





                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                 (As Amended and Restated Effective February 1, 1993)


                       Effective  as  of  February 1,  1989,  the  Board  of
          Directors   of  Oceaneering   International,  Inc.,   a  Delaware
          corporation   (the "Company"),  authorized  the   adoption  of  a
          non-qualified profit-sharing plan, in the form of the Oceaneering
          International, Inc. Executive  Retirement Plan (the "Prior Plan")
          for  the  benefit  of a  select  group  of  management or  highly
          compensated employees to provide retirement income and to promote
          the best  interests of the  Company by  attracting and  retaining
          desirable employees.

                       The   Board  of   Directors  of   the  Company   also
          authorized   the  establishment  of   individual  secular  trusts
          effective  February 1,  1989,  among  the Company,  each  of  the
          employees eligible  to participate in the  Prior Plan, D. Michael
          Hughes  and George R. Haubenreich,  Jr., as  Trustees (the "Trust
          Agreements").  The Trust Agreements were intended to constitute a
          part of the Prior Plan.

                       Effective February 1,  1993, the  Board of  Directors
          has authorized the amendment, restatement and continuation of the
          Prior  Plan in  the  form  of  this  Plan  (the "Plan")  and  the
          termination of the Trust Agreements.

                       The  Plan   is   not   intended  to   qualify   under
          Sections 401 and 501  of the  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as
          amended from time to time, but is,  however, intended to meet the
          applicable   requirements  of  the   Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

                       NOW, THEREFORE,  the Company  hereby amends, restates
          and  continues  the  Oceaneering  International,  Inc.  Executive
          Retirement Plan, which shall read as follows:















                                         -1-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

                       As  used  in  this  Plan,  the  following  words  and
          phrases  shall have  the  following meanings  unless the  context
          clearly requires a different meaning:

               1.1  Account:  The  accounts  maintained  for a  Participant
          pursuant to Section 5.1.

               1.2  Affiliate:  A  corporation or  other trade  or business
          which is not an Employer under this Plan but which, together with
          an  Employer, is  "under  common control"  within the  meaning of
          Sections 414(b)   and   (c)  of   the   Code,   as  modified   by
          Section 415(h) of the Code.

               1.3  Beneficiary:  A  Participant's  spouse,  or such  other
          natural person or persons, or the trustee of an inter vivos trust
          for  the benefit  of  natural  persons,  entitled  to  receive  a
          Participant's death benefits, as provided in Section 6.5 hereof.

               1.4  Code:  The Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as  amended
          from time to time.

               1.5  Committee:  The Compensation Committee appointed by the
          Board of Directors of the Company to act as administrator of this
          Plan and to perform the duties described in Article II hereof.

               1.6  Company:  Oceaneering  International, Inc.,  a Delaware
          corporation.

               1.7  Company   Matching   Account:  The   separate   account
          maintained  for  a Participant  to  record his  share  of Company
          Matching Contributions, and the investment thereof.

               1.8  Company  Matching  Contribution:  The  amount  of  cash
          contributed  by the  Employer  to the  Investment  Accounts as  a
          Company Matching Contribution, pursuant to Section 4.2.

               1.9  Compensation:  The base salary paid to a Participant by
          an  Employer  for  personal  services  rendered,   not  including
          incentive  compensation,  bonuses,  any  other  item  of  special
          compensation, any Company Matching  Contributions to this Plan or
          any  Employer or  Affiliate contributions  to any  other pension,
          profit-sharing or  welfare plan.  For the  purpose of determining
          the amount of  such Compensation,  the books and  records of  the
          Employer shall be conclusive.

               1.10 Contribution:  Any amount contributed to the Investment
          Accounts  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  Plan,  whether
          incident to the  original adoption of this  Plan, or at  any time

                                         -2-<PAGE>





          subsequent thereto, by the  Employer to the extent of  profits or
          by a Participant out of his Compensation.

               1.11 Contribution  Percentage:  The  percentage  applied  to
          Deferred Company Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2.

               1.12 Deferred  Company Contribution:  The  contingent amount
          accrued on the books of the  Company or an Employer for  purposes
          of  this  Plan, but  subject to  all  the terms  and restrictions
          hereof, pursuant to Section 4.1.

               1.13 Employee  Contribution  Account:  The separate  account
          maintained for a Participant  to record his Contributions  to the
          Plan and the investment thereof.

               1.14 Employee  Contributions:  The  amount contributed  by a
          Participant out of his Compensation pursuant to Section 4.3.

               1.15 ERISA:  Public Law No. 93-406, the  Employee Retirement
          Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

               1.16 Effective Date:  February 1, 1993.

               1.17 Employee:  Any   person   employed  by   the  Employer,
          including  all directors and officers  of the Employer except any
          such person who is not regularly and principally employed by such
          Employer.

               1.18 Employer:  The  Company  and any  eligible organization
          that  shall  adopt  this  Plan  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
          Article IX, and the successors, if any, to such organization.

               1.19 Entry  Date:  The  first  day  of each  calendar  month
          during the Plan Year.

               1.20 Fiduciaries:  The  Employer,  the  Committee   and  the
          Investment  Manager,  but  only  with  respect  to  the  specific
          responsibilities  of   each  for  Plan  administration,   all  as
          described in Section 2.14 hereof.  Any person or group of persons
          may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the
          Plan.

               1.21 Income  of the  Investment Accounts:  The  net gain  or
          loss of the Investment Accounts from investments, as reflected by
          interest payments,  dividends, realized and unrealized  gains and
          losses  on  securities  and  other  investment  transactions  and
          expenses paid from the Investment Accounts.

               1.22 Investment Account(s):  All  Contributions of Employers
          and Participants, together with all income, profits or increments
          thereon which  are deposited in separate  investment accounts for


                                         -3-<PAGE>





          each  Participant with the Investment Manager in the name of each
          Participant as described in Section 8.1 hereof.

               1.23 Investment  Fund:  The  mutual  funds  offered  by  the
          Investment Manager as described in Section 8.1 hereof.

               1.24 Investment Manager:  The investment manager or managers
          authorized  to  manage the  assets  of  the Investment  Funds  in
          accordance  with the terms  of the  Plan pursuant  to Section 8.2
          hereof.

               1.25 Participant:  An eligible Employee who, pursuant to the
          provisions of Article III hereof, is participating in the Plan.

               1.26 Participation:  The  period commencing  as of  the date
          the Employee becomes a Participant and ending on  the last day of
          the pay period during which his termination of Service occurs.

               1.27 Participation  Year:  A  twelve (12)  consecutive month
          period  commencing on  the  Participant's Entry  Date  or on  any
          anniversary of such Entry Date.

               1.28 Plan:  The  Oceaneering  International, Inc.  Executive
          Retirement Plan set forth  herein, a non-qualified profit-sharing
          plan, as amended from time to time.

               1.29 Plan Year:  The calendar year commencing  January 1 and
          ending December 31.

               1.30 Retirement Date:  The  first day of  the calendar month
          coincident with or next following the sixty-fifth (65th) birthday
          of a Participant.

               1.31 Service:  A Participant's employment with Employers and
          Affiliates.

               1.32 Valuation Date:  The last business day of each calendar
          quarter during the Plan Year or any other date on which a special
          valuation is made pursuant to Section 5.3.

                    Words  used in this Plan in  the singular shall include
          the plural  and in  the plural  the singular,  and the  gender of
          words  used  shall be  construed  to  include  whichever  may  be
          appropriate under any particular circumstances.









                                         -4-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE II

                              ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

               2.1  Appointment  of Committee:  The  Board of  Directors of
          the   Company  (the "Board   of  Directors")   shall   appoint  a
          Compensation  Committee (the "Committee") of  not less than three
          (3) persons, who may be Employees of the Company or an Affiliate,
          to perform  the  administrative duties  set  forth herein.    The
          Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan.  Each member of
          the Committee shall serve for such term as the Board of Directors
          may designate or until  his death, resignation or removal  by the
          Board  of  Directors.   The  Board  of  Directors shall  promptly
          appoint successors to fill any vacancies in the Committee.

               2.2  Records   of   Committee:  The  Committee   shall  keep
          appropriate records of its  proceedings and the administration of
          the Plan.  The Committee shall make available to Participants and
          their Beneficiaries for examination, during  business hours, such
          records of the  Plan as pertain to the examining  person and such
          documents relating to the Plan as may be required by ERISA.

               2.3  Committee  Action:  The Committee  may act  through the
          concurrence  of a majority of  its members expressed  either at a
          meeting of  the  Committee,  or in  writing  without  a  meeting.
          Concurrence of  a member of the  Committee may be by  telegram or
          letter.   Any member  of the Committee,  or the  Secretary of the
          Committee  (who need  not  be a  member  of the  Committee),  may
          execute  on behalf  of  the Committee  any  certificate or  other
          written instrument evidencing or carrying out any action approved
          by the Committee.  The Committee  may delegate any of its rights,
          powers  and duties  to  any one  or  more of  its  members.   The
          Chairman of  the Committee shall  be agent  of the  Plan and  the
          Committee  for  the service  of  legal process  at  the principal
          office of the Company in Houston, Texas.

               2.4  Committee Disqualification:  A member of  the Committee
          who may be a Participant shall not vote  on any question relating
          specifically to himself.

               2.5  Committee  Compensation,  Expenses  and  Advisers:  The
          members  of  the  Committee  shall  serve  without  bond  (unless
          otherwise  required by  law) and  without compensation  for their
          services  as such.  The  Committee may select,  and authorize the
          Investment Manager to compensate suitably, such attorneys, agents
          and  representatives as it may deem necessary or advisable to the
          performance  of its duties.   All expenses of  the Committee that
          shall arise  in connection  with the  administration of  the Plan
          shall be paid by the Company.

               2.6  Committee  Liability:  Except to  the extent  that such
          liability is created by  ERISA, no member of the  Committee shall

                                         -5-<PAGE>





          be  liable for  any act or  omission of  any other  member of the
          Committee, nor for any act or omission on his own part except for
          his  own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct,  nor for  the
          exercise of any  power or  discretion in the  performance of  any
          duty assumed by him  hereunder.  The Company shall  indemnify and
          hold  harmless  each member  of the  Committee  from any  and all
          claims,  losses,  damages,   expenses  (including  counsel   fees
          approved  by  the  Committee),  and  liabilities  (including  any
          amounts paid in settlement  with the Committee's approval arising
          from any act or omission of such member in connection with duties
          and responsibilities  under the  Plan, except  when  the same  is
          judicially  determined  to be  due  to  the gross  negligence  or
          willful misconduct of such member or as prohibited by law.

               2.7  Committee Determinations:  The Committee, on  behalf of
          the Participants and their Beneficiaries, shall enforce this Plan
          in  accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary
          for the accomplishment of that purpose, including, but not by way
          of limitation, the following powers:

                    (a)  To  determine all questions  relating to the
                eligibility  of Employees to become Participants, the
                period   of   Service   of   Participants   and   the
                Compensation of Participants;

                    (b)  To  notify  the   Investment  Manager  of  a
                Participant's termination of Service;

                    (c)  To  interpret   and  construe   all   terms,
                provisions, conditions and limitations  of this  Plan
                and  to  reconcile any  inconsistency  or  supply any
                omitted detail that may appear  in this Plan in  such
                manner  and  to  such  extent,  consistent  with  the
                general terms  of this  Plan, as  the Committee shall
                deem necessary and  proper to effectuate the Plan for
                the greatest benefit of all parties interested in the
                Plan; and

                    (d)  To   make  and   enforce  such   rules   and
                regulations for the administration of the Plan as are
                not inconsistent with the terms set forth herein.

               2.8  Information  from Employer:  To enable the Committee to
          perform its functions, each Employer shall supply full and timely
          information to the Committee of all matters relating to the dates
          of  employment  of  its  Employees for  purposes  of  determining
          eligibility   of   Employees   to  participate   hereunder,   the
          Compensation of all Participants, their retirement or other cause
          for termination of employment, and such  other pertinent facts as
          the Committee  may require; and  the Committee  shall advise  the
          Investment  Manager  of such  of the  foregoing  facts as  may be


                                         -6-<PAGE>





          pertinent  to  the  Investment  Manger's  administration  of  the
          Investment Accounts.

               2.9  General  Powers of Committee:  In addition to all other
          powers  herein  granted,  and  in  general  consistent  with  the
          provisions  hereof, the Committee shall have all other rights and
          powers   reasonably  necessary  to   supervise  and  control  the
          administration  of this Plan.   The determination of  any fact by
          the Committee and the construction  placed by the Committee  upon
          the provisions of  this Plan  shall be  binding upon  all of  the
          Participants   under  this  Plan,  their  Beneficiaries  and  the
          Employers.

               2.10 Uniform Administration:  Whenever in the administration
          of  the Plan,  any  action  is required  by  an  Employer or  the
          Committee,  including, but not by  way of limitation, action with
          respect to eligibility of  Employees, Contributions and benefits,
          such  action shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons
          similarly situated.

               2.11 Reporting  Responsibilities:  As  Administrator of  the
          Plan, the Committee shall file with the appropriate office of the
          Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor  all reports,
          returns  and notices required under ERISA or the Code, including,
          but not limited to,  annual reports and amendments thereof  to be
          filed with the Department of Labor.

               2.12 Disclosure Responsibilities:  The  Committee shall make
          available  to  each  Participant and  Beneficiary  such  records,
          documents  and other  data as  may be  required under  ERISA, and
          Participants  or Beneficiaries  shall have  the right  to examine
          such records at reasonable times during business hours.   Nothing
          contained  in this Plan shall give any Participant or Beneficiary
          the  right  to   examine  any  data  or  records  reflecting  the
          compensation  paid to, or relating  to any account  of, any other
          Participant  or  Beneficiary, except  as  may  be required  under
          ERISA.

               2.13 Participant Statements:  As soon  as practicable  after
          each Valuation Date, the Investment Manager shall cause a written
          statement  to  be  prepared  and delivered  to  each  Participant
          reflecting as of that Valuation Date:

                    (a)  The  balance  in  his  Account  as   of  the
                preceding Valuation Date;

                    (b)  The   amount   of   any   Company   Matching
                Contributions and Employee Contributions allocated to
                his Account  for the period  ending on such Valuation
                Date;



                                         -7-<PAGE>





                    (c)  The  adjustments to  his Account  to reflect
                Income of  the Investment Accounts,  expenses of  the
                Investment  Accounts   and   withdrawals   from   the
                Investment Accounts, if any, during the period ending
                on such Valuation Date; and

                    (d)  The new  balance in  his Account as  of that
                Valuation Date.

               2.14 Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for Plan
          Administration:  The Fiduciaries  shall have only  those specific
          powers,  duties,   responsibilities   and  obligations   as   are
          specifically  given  them  under  this  Plan.   In  general,  the
          Employer  shall  have  the  sole responsibility  for  making  the
          Contributions  provided for under Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3.  The
          Company shall have the  sole authority to appoint and  remove the
          Investment Manager.  The Company may amend or terminate this Plan
          in whole  or  in  part, and  each  other Employer  may  amend  or
          terminate this Plan with  respect to its Employees to  the extent
          provided  in  Article IX.   The  Committee  shall  have  the sole
          responsibility for the administration of  the Plan, and the Board
          of  Directors  shall have  sole authority  to appoint  and remove
          members  of the  Committee.   Each  Fiduciary  warrants that  any
          directions given,  information furnished,  or action taken  by it
          shall be in accordance  with the provisions of  the Plan, as  the
          case  may  be,  authorizing  or  providing  for  such  direction,
          information or action.  Furthermore, each Fiduciary may rely upon
          any such direction, information or action of another Fiduciary as
          being proper under this Plan, and is not required under this Plan
          to inquire into the propriety  of any such direction, information
          or action.   It is intended  under this Plan that  each Fiduciary
          shall be responsible for  the proper exercise of its  own powers,
          duties,  responsibilities  and obligations  under  this  Plan and
          shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another
          Fiduciary.   No Fiduciary  guarantees the Investment  Accounts in
          any  manner  against investment  loss  or  depreciation in  asset
          value.

               2.15 Presenting Claims for Benefits:  Any Participant or the
          Beneficiary  of  any  deceased  Participant  may  submit  written
          application to the Committee regarding any benefit asserted to be
          due him  under the Plan.   Such  application shall set  forth the
          nature of the claim  and such other information as  the Committee
          may  reasonably  request.    Promptly upon  the  receipt  of  any
          application  required  by  this   Section,  the  Committee  shall
          determine whether or not  the Participant or Beneficiary involved
          is entitled to a benefit hereunder and, if so, the nature thereof
          and shall notify the applicant of its findings.

                    If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee
          shall so  notify  the applicant  within  ninety (90)  days  after
          receipt  of  the application  by  the  Committee, unless  special

                                         -8-<PAGE>





          circumstances  require an  extension of  time for  processing the
          application.   If  such an  extension of  time for  processing is
          required, written notice  of the extension shall  be furnished to
          the applicant  prior to the  end of  the initial ninety  (90) day
          period.   In no  event shall  such extension  exceed a  period of
          ninety  (90)  days from  the  end of  such  initial period.   The
          extension  notice  shall   indicate  the  special   circumstances
          requiring  an extension  of  time  and  the  date  by  which  the
          Committee  expects to render its  final decision.   Notice of the
          Committee's decision to deny a claim in whole or in part shall be
          set  forth in  a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the
          applicant and shall contain the following:

                    (i)  the  specific  reason  or  reasons  for  the
                denial;

                    (ii) specific  reference  to  the  pertinent Plan
                provisions on which the denial is based;

                    (iii)     a   description   of   any   additional
                material or information necessary  for the  applicant
                to perfect the  claim and an explanation  of why such
                material or information is necessary; and

                    (iv) an   explanation   of   the   claims  review
                procedure set forth in Section 2.16 hereof.

          If notice of  denial is not  furnished, and if  the claim is  not
          granted  within the  period of  time set  forth above,  the claim
          shall be deemed denied  for purposes of proceeding to  the review
          stage described in Section 2.16.

               2.16 Claims Review Procedure:  If an application  filed by a
          Participant or  Beneficiary under Section 2.15 above shall result
          in a denial by the  Committee of the benefit applied  for, either
          in whole or in part,  such applicant shall have the right,  to be
          exercised  by written  request  filed with  the Committee  within
          sixty  (60) days after  receipt of  notice of  the denial  of his
          application  or, if no such  notice has been  given, within sixty
          (60)  days   after  the   application  is  deemed   denied  under
          Section 2.15, for  the  review  of  his application  and  of  his
          entitlement  to the benefit for  which he applied.   Such request
          for review  may contain such additional  information and comments
          as the  applicant may wish  to present.   Within sixty  (60) days
          after receipt of any such request for review, the Committee shall
          reconsider  the   application  in   light   of  such   additional
          information and comments as the applicant may have presented, and
          if  the  applicant shall  have  so  requested, shall  afford  the
          applicant or  his designated representative a  hearing before the
          Committee.   The Committee shall also permit the applicant or his
          designated representative  to review pertinent  documents in  its
          possession, including copies of the Plan document and information

                                         -9-<PAGE>





          provided by  the Company relating to  the applicant's entitlement
          to  such benefit.  The Committee shall make a final determination
          with respect to the applicant's application for review as soon as
          practicable,  and in  any event  not later  than sixty  (60) days
          after receipt  of the aforesaid  request for review,  except that
          under  special circumstances, such as the necessity for holding a
          hearing, such sixty (60) day period may be extended to the extent
          necessary, but in no  event beyond the expiration of  one hundred
          twenty (120) days after receipt by the Committee of such request.
          If such an  extension of time for  review is required because  of
          special circumstances,  written notice of the  extension shall be
          furnished  to the  applicant  prior to  the  commencement of  the
          extension.  Notice of  such final determination of  the Committee
          shall  be  furnished to  the applicant  in  writing, in  a manner
          calculated  to  be understood  by him,  and  shall set  forth the
          specific reasons for  the decision and specific references to the
          pertinent  provisions of  the  Plan upon  which  the decision  is
          based.   If the decision  on review is  not furnished within  the
          time period set  forth above, the claim shall be deemed denied on
          review.

               2.17 Disputed Benefits:  If any dispute still exists between
          a Participant or a  Beneficiary and the Committee after  a review
          of the  claim or in the event any uncertainty shall develop as to
          the  person to  whom payment  of any  benefit hereunder  shall be
          made, the Investment Manager  may withhold the payment of  all or
          any  part of the benefits payable hereunder to the Participant or
          Beneficiary  until such dispute has  been resolved by  a court of
          competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties involved.
























                                         -10-<PAGE>





                                     ARTICLE III

                              PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

               3.1  Participation:  Certain  key  management Employees  and
          executives  of the Company, who  shall be nominated  by the Chief
          Executive  Officer of the Company  and approved by the Committee,
          shall be eligible to commence participation in the Plan as of the
          Effective  Date  or  the  next  following  Entry Date,  if  their
          eligibility to participate is approved by the Committee after the
          Effective  Date.  An Employee  who chooses not  to participate in
          the  Plan when he first becomes eligible, by failing to authorize
          Employee  Contributions  and  to complete  such  other enrollment
          actions   as   the   Committee   shall   require,  may   commence
          participation  only   if  he  is  subsequently   offered  another
          opportunity  to participate by the  Committee.  The Committee may
          declare a Participant to  be ineligible for further participation
          in  the  Plan at  any time.   In  no  event shall  eligibility to
          participate  in  the Plan  be  determined with  reference  to any
          minimum or maximum age  or upon completion of any  minimum period
          of Service.

                    Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Plan  to the
          contrary,  for purposes  of  eligibility to  participate in  this
          Plan,  the term "Employee" shall  not include any individuals who
          are "leased employees"  as defined in Section 414(n)  of the Code
          or who are compensated on an hourly basis.

               3.2  Participants  to  Furnish  Required  Information:  Each
          Participant shall  furnish the Committee such  information as the
          Committee  may   consider  to   be  necessary  or   desirable  in
          administering the Plan in  such form as may be prescribed  by the
          Committee.

               3.3  Participation Service:  For purposes of determining the
          Contribution   Percentage  applicable  to   a  Participant  under
          Article IV, such Participant shall be credited with one (1)  year
          of Participation  Service for each Participation  Year throughout
          which such Participant is  continuously employed by Employers and
          Affiliates  and  during  which  such  Participant  has  not  been
          declared ineligible for further participation in the Plan.

               3.4  Participation Upon  Re-Employment:  Upon the employment
          by an Employer of any person who had previously  been employed by
          an Employer on  or after the Effective Date,  whether or not such
          person was previously a Participant, such person shall be treated
          as  a new  Employee and,  as such,  only eligible  to participate
          pursuant to Section 3.1.

               3.5  Transferred    or   Ineligible    Participants:  If   a
          Participant is transferred  from an Employer to an  Affiliate, or
          if   the   Committee   declares  him   ineligible   for   further

                                         -11-<PAGE>





          participation in  the Plan, his participation  shall be suspended
          until  he  again  becomes  eligible to  participate  pursuant  to
          Section 3.1.    During  such  suspension  or  ineligibility,  the
          Participant shall not be  entitled to make Employee Contributions
          and no  Company  Matching  Contributions  shall be  made  to  his
          Company Matching Account.















































                                         -12-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE IV

                            CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

               4.1  Deferred  Company  Contributions:  The Committee  shall
          determine,  with  respect  to each  Participant,  the appropriate
          rate, not to exceed one hundred percent (100%), at which Deferred
          Company Contributions are to match Employee Contributions made by
          such  Participant  in  accordance   with  Section 4.3.    As  the
          Participant  makes Employee  Contributions  for  a  Participation
          Year,  the Employer  shall accrue  on its books  Deferred Company
          Contributions   in  the   name  of   the  Participant   for  that
          Participation Year at such appropriate rate.   No Participant has
          any interest in or claim to a Deferred Company Contribution.

                    Deferred Company Contributions accrued in the name of a
          Participant for a Participation Year shall be adjusted to reflect
          the  investment  performance that  would  have  resulted if  such
          contributions had been invested in an Investment Fund selected by
          the Participant under Section 8.3 and shall be reduced to reflect
          any  Company Matching  Contributions  made with  respect to  such
          Deferred Company Contributions.

               4.2  Company  Matching Contributions:  Until  the applicable
          Contribution Percentage becomes  one hundred percent  (100%), the
          Employer shall contribute  Company Matching  Contributions for  a
          Participation Year to a  Participant's Company Matching  Account,
          unless participation is suspended  pursuant to Section 3.5, as of
          the  last day of the  Participation Year.   The amount of Company
          Matching Contributions  to be contributed  for the  Participation
          Year then ended shall be determined as follows:

                    Step 1.   Separately for  the Participation  Year
                then ended and  each previous Participation Year - to
                the amount of adjusted Deferred Company Contributions
                accrued  in  the  name  of  the  Participant for  the
                particular  Participation  Year,   add  all   Company
                Matching Contributions previously  made with  respect
                to the Deferred Company Contributions accrued in  the
                name   of   the   Participant  for   the   particular
                Participation Year.

                    Step  2.  Multiply each sum obtained in Step 1 by
                the Contribution Percentage  determined in accordance
                with   the   following   schedule   based    on   the
                Participant's  then  full   Years  of   Participation
                Service:






                                         -13-<PAGE>





                                                  Contribution
                    Years of Participation Service           Percentage 

                    Less than 1 year                  0%
                    At least 1 year but less than 2  25%
                    At least 2 years but less than 3 50%
                    At least 3 years but less than 4 75%
                    4 years or more                 100%

                    Step  3.  Determine  the amount,  if any, by which
               each product obtained in Step 2 exceeds the sum of all
               Company  Matching  Contributions previously  made with
               respect  to the Deferred Company Contributions accrued
               in  the name  of  the Participant  for the  particular
               Participation Year.

                    Step   4.     The  amount   of  Company   Matching
               Contributions to be contributed for  the Participation
               Year  then  ended shall  be equal  to  the sum  of the
               excess amounts determined in Step 3.

          Once the  applicable Contribution Percentage becomes  one hundred
          percent (100%),  Company Matching Contributions shall  be made at
          the   time  Deferred   Company   Contributions   accrue.     Each
          Participant's Company Matching Account  shall be fully vested and
          non-forfeitable at all times.

                    Company    Matching    Contributions   may,    at   the
          Participant's  election,  be  contributed   "net  of  taxes,"  by
          directing  the Employer on the form specified by the Committee to
          contribute the  specified amount  after reduction  for applicable
          tax  withholding, or "gross of taxes,"  by directing the Employer
          on  said form  to contribute  the  specified amount  without such
          reduction  and to  apply the  applicable tax  withholding against
          other amounts paid by the Employer to the Participant.  In either
          event, however, the Participant shall be subject to any liability
          for taxes  (including federal income taxes)  arising with respect
          to Company  Matching Contributions  made to his  Company Matching
          Account.

              4.3   Employee Contributions:  Each Participant may  elect to
          make  an  Employee  Contribution   in  any  whole  percentage  of
          Compensation  up  to  his  individual  maximum  percentage,  such
          percentage  to  be determined  annually  by  the Committee.    No
          Employee  Contribution shall be  made with respect  to any period
          during which  participation in the Plan is  suspended pursuant to
          Section 3.5.  Each  Participant's Employee Contribution shall  be
          effected by  payroll deduction  and shall  be contributed  to the
          Investment Accounts by the Employer at periods of time determined
          by  the Employer beginning on or after the Effective Date, except
          that (a) Employees  who become  Participants as of  the Effective
          Date may make  a single  Employee Contribution by  check for  the

                                         -14-<PAGE>





          amount that would have been contributed by payroll deduction  for
          the  period from the Effective Date to the date the Participant's
          election  is  received by  the  Committee  and (b) Employees  who
          become  Participants  after  the   Effective  Date  may,  at  the
          discretion  of  the  Committee,  make a  one-time  only  Employee
          Contribution  by check in  an amount permitted  by the Committee.
          Each  Participant's Employee Contribution  Account shall be fully
          vested and non-forfeitable at all times.

                    A  Participant may  change the  amount of  his Employee
          Contribution (not to exceed his individual maximum percentage) as
          of March 1 of any Plan Year by directing the Committee in writing
          at least fifteen (15) days prior to such date to  change the rate
          of  the Contribution.  In the event  of a voluntary suspension of
          Employee  Contributions by the Participant at any time during the
          Plan  Year,  the  Participant  may  not  resume  making  Employee
          Contributions until  the March 1 following the  expiration of one
          (1) year from the date of suspension.

              4.4   Funding  Policy:  The  provisions  of  this  Article IV
          shall be deemed  the procedure for establishing  and carrying out
          the  funding policy and method of  the Plan.  Such funding policy
          and method  shall  be  administered  by the  Employer  and  other
          Fiduciaries consistent with  the objectives of the Plan  and with
          the applicable requirements of Title I of ERISA.

              4.5   Special  One-Time  Vesting:  All Participants  shall be
          one  hundred percent  (100%)  vested in  their existing  Deferred
          Company Contributions  on January 31,  1993.  All  future Company
          contributions shall be subject  to the provisions in Sections 4.1
          and 4.2.

              4.6   Special   One-Time   Employee   and  Deferred   Company
          Contributions:  An Employee  who first  becomes a Participant  in
          this Plan in February 1993  shall be eligible to make  a one-time
          lump-sum Employee Contribution in an amount equal  to ten percent
          (10%) of his Compensation.  The contributions in this Section 4.6
          shall be subject to the other provisions of this Article IV.








                                         -15-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE V

                               ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS

              5.1   Individual  Accounts:  The  Committee shall  create and
          maintain adequate records to disclose the interest in the Plan of
          each  Participant,  former  Participant  and  Beneficiary.   Such
          records shall be in the form of individual accounts maintained by
          the Investment Manager and  credits and charges shall be  made to
          such accounts  in the manner herein described.   Each Participant
          shall have  two separate accounts, a Company Matching Account and
          an  Employee  Contribution  Account (collectively  an "Account").
          Distributions  and  withdrawals made  from  an  Account shall  be
          charged to the Account as of the date paid.

              5.2   Account  Adjustments:  The  Accounts  of  Participants,
          former Participants and  Beneficiaries may be adjusted  as of any
          Valuation  Date to  reflect  Income of  the Investment  Accounts,
          Company  Matching  Contributions and  Employee  Contributions for
          each Account.

              5.3   Valuation of Investment  Accounts:  A valuation of  the
          Investment Accounts shall be  made as of each Valuation  Date and
          as of such other special  Valuation Dates as may be  specified by
          the Committee.  Each  valuation shall be based on the fair market
          value of assets in the Investment  Accounts at the end of the day
          on the Valuation Date.  For the purposes  of each such valuation,
          the  assets of the Investment  Accounts shall be  valued at their
          respective current market values.

              5.4   Recognition of Different Investment Funds:  As provided
          in Article VIII, specific  Investment Funds shall  be established
          and  each Participant  shall direct,  within the  limitations set
          forth in  Section 8.3,  the  proportion of  the  balance  in  his
          Company  Matching Account and  Employee Contribution Account that
          shall   be   deposited   in  each   specific   Investment   Fund.
          Consequently,  when  appropriate,  a  Participant  shall  have  a
          Company Matching Account and  an Employee Contribution Account in
          each  such  Investment  Fund  and the  allocations  described  in
          Section 5.2 shall be adjusted in such manner as is appropriate to
          recognize   the   existence   of  Investment   Funds.     Because
          Participants  have a choice of Investment Funds, any reference in
          this  Plan to an Account shall be  deemed to mean and include all
          accounts  of  a   like  nature  which  are   maintained  for  the
          Participant under each Investment Fund.








                                         -16-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE VI

                                PARTICIPANTS' BENEFITS

              6.1   Retirement  of  Participant   on  or  After  Retirement
          Date:  In  the event  a  Participant's Service  terminates on  or
          after his  Retirement Date,  the Employer  shall promptly make  a
          special  Company  Matching   Contribution  to  the  Participant's
          Company Matching  Account  in an  amount  equal to  any  adjusted
          Deferred Company Contributions which are then shown as accrued on
          the   Employer's   books  with   respect   to  the   Participant.
          Thereafter, the  Participant shall be entitled  to a distribution
          of his Account in accordance with Article VII.

              6.2   Disability of Participant:  If the Committee shall find
          and  advise  the   Investment  Manager  that  the  Service  of  a
          Participant has  been terminated  because of total  and permanent
          physical or  mental  disability, which  in  the judgment  of  the
          Committee,  based upon  advice of  competent physicians  of their
          selection,  will   permanently  prevent  such   Participant  from
          resuming  his  Service  with  an  Employer,  the  Employer  shall
          promptly  make a  special  Company Matching  Contribution to  the
          Participant's Company Matching Account in an amount equal  to any
          adjusted Deferred  Company Contributions which are  then shown as
          accrued on the  Employer's books with respect to the Participant.
          Thereafter, the  Participant shall be entitled  to a distribution
          of his Account in accordance with Article VII.

              6.3   Death   of   Participant:  In    the   event   of   the
          Participant's  death,  and  after  receipt by  the  Committee  of
          acceptable proof of  death, the  Employer shall  promptly make  a
          special  Company  Matching   Contribution  to  the  Participant's
          Company Matching  Account  in an  amount  equal to  any  adjusted
          Deferred Company Contributions which are then shown as accrued on
          the  Employer's   books   with  respect   to   the   Participant.
          Thereafter,  the  Participant's  Beneficiary  (which,  except  as
          provided  in Sections 6.5  and  6.6, shall  be the  Participant's
          surviving spouse)  shall be  entitled to  a  distribution of  the
          Participant's Account in accordance with Article VII.

              6.4   Other Termination of Service:

                    (a)  Standard  Termination:  Except  as  otherwise
               provided   in   Section 6.4(b),   in   the   event   a
               Participant's  Service terminates  under circumstances
               not described in Section 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3, the Employer
               shall  promptly   make  a  special   Company  Matching
               Contribution  to  the  Participant's Company  Matching
               Account in an amount determined in accordance with the
               first paragraph  of Section 4.2,  but with  the phrase
               "Participation  Year  during  which the  Participant's
               Service   terminates"   substituted  for   the  phrase

                                         -17-<PAGE>





               "Participation  Year then  ended" wherever  the latter
               phrase appears in said  paragraph.  After such special
               Company  Matching  Contribution  has  been  made,  all
               adjusted Deferred Company Contributions which are then
               shown as accrued in the name of the Participant on the
               Employer's books  shall be cancelled.  Thereafter, the
               Participant shall be entitled to a distribution of his
               Account in accordance with Article VII.

                    (b)  Change   in   Control:  Notwithstanding   the
               foregoing,   in  the   event  of  the   insolvency  or
               bankruptcy  of the Company or in the event of a change
               in  control   of  the  Company,  each  Employer  shall
               promptly make a  special Company Matching Contribution
               to the  Company Matching  Account of  each Participant
               for whom it is the Employer in an  amount equal to any
               Deferred Company Contributions which are then shown as
               accrued on  the Employer's  books with respect  to the
               Participant.  A change of control shall only be deemed
               to have taken place if:  (i) a third person, including
               a  "group"  as  defined  in  Section 13(d)(3)  of  the
               Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended, becomes
               the beneficial  owner of shares of  the Company having
               thirty  percent (30%) or  more of the  total number of
               votes  that may be cast  for the election of directors
               of  the  Company  or  (ii) as the  result  of,  or  in
               connection with,  any cash  tender or exchange  offer,
               merger  or other business  combination, sale of assets
               or  contested election  or  any  combination, sale  of
               assets or contested election or any combination of the
               foregoing transactions  (a "Transaction"), the persons
               who   were  directors   of  the  Company   before  the
               Transaction shall cease  to constitute  a majority  of
               the  Board  of  Directors  or  any  successor  to  the
               Company.  Without limiting the foregoing, no change of
               control shall  be  deemed to  have  taken place  if  a
               person or persons are appointed or elected as a member
               or members of the Board of Directors as a result of or
               in connection with a Transaction or other event unless
               items (i) or (ii) above shall also have occurred.

              6.5   Beneficiaries in the Event of Death:  Upon the death of
          a  Participant,   his  Account   shall  be  distributed   to  the
          Participant's  surviving spouse,  but  if there  is no  surviving
          spouse, or if  the surviving  spouse has already  consented by  a
          qualified election pursuant to Section 6.6, to the Beneficiary or
          Beneficiaries  designated  by   the  Participant  in  a   written
          designation filed  with his Employer,  or if no  such designation
          shall  have been so filed, to his  estate.  No designation of any
          Beneficiary other  than the Participant's surviving  spouse shall
          be  effective unless in writing and received by the Participant's


                                         -18-<PAGE>





          Employer, and  in no event shall  it be effective as  of the date
          prior to such receipt.

              6.6   Qualified Election:  The Participant's spouse may waive
          the  right to the  Participant's Account.  The  waiver must be in
          writing and the Participant's  spouse must acknowledge the effect
          of  the  waiver.   The  spouse's  consent  to  a waiver  must  be
          witnessed  by  a Plan  representative or  a  notary public.   The
          Participant  may file a waiver without the spouse's consent if it
          is  established to  the satisfaction of  the Committee  that such
          written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or
          the   spouse  may  not  be  located.    Any  consent  under  this
          Section 6.6 will be  valid only  with respect to  the spouse  who
          signs  the consent.  Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver
          may be made by a Participant without the consent of the spouse at
          any time before the distribution  of the Account.  The number  of
          revocations shall not be limited.

              6.7   Valuation   Dates    Determinative   of   Participants'
          Rights:  If  it  should be  necessary  to  value a  Participant's
          Account  upon his  termination of  Service, such  value shall  be
          determined  as  of the  Valuation  Date coinciding  with  or next
          following the  termination of his  Service.  The  distribution of
          such  Participant's Account shall be determined in the manner set
          forth in Article VII.

              6.8   Loans and  Withdrawals:  No  loans or  withdrawals  are
          permitted under the Plan.

              6.9   Tax Payments:  As of  the end of each  Plan Year during
          the period of Participation, the Company or an Employer will make
          a cash payment to each Participant in an amount determined by the
          Committee,  which   amount  will   be  sufficient  to   pay  such
          Participant's federal  income tax liability (assuming the highest
          rates of federal income tax applicable to any individual taxpayer
          in  the  year  in which  such  payment  is due)  with  respect to
          (i) earnings, if any, on the Participant's Employee Contributions
          and   Company  Matching   Contributions   (other  than   earnings
          constituting   capital  gains  occasioned   by  distributions  at
          termination  of  Service under  Article VII)  and  (ii) such cash
          payment.

              6.10  Cessation of Deferred Company Contributions and Company
          Matching Contributions  and Tax Payment:  No tax  payment will be
          paid and all Deferred  Company Contributions and Company Matching
          Contributions  shall  cease if  a  Participant  makes a  deposit,
          withdrawal  or  an  investment  direction   from  his  Investment
          Accounts with the Investment  Manager inconsistent with the terms
          of  this Plan; provided, however, that the Committee, at its sole
          discretion,  may  subsequently  reinstate or  make  tax  payments
          and/or  Deferred  Company  Contributions  and   Company  Matching
          Contributions to such a Participant.

                                         -19-<PAGE>


























































                                         -20-<PAGE>





                                     ARTICLE VII

                                 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

                    At the  time that a  Participant becomes entitled  to a
          single-sum   distribution  of   benefits  under   the   terms  of
          Section 6.1,  6.2 or  6.4, the  Participant shall  be  given full
          authority as to the disposition of his Investment Account and the
          assets of the Investment Account  shall henceforth be subject  to
          the control and direction of such Participant.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Committee  shall
          direct the  Investment Manager  that upon a  Participant's death,
          his  Investment Account shall be  paid within one  year after the
          Participant's  death  to  the   Participant's  Beneficiary  in  a
          single-sum distribution, subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.6 hereof.





































                                         -21-<PAGE>





                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS


              8.1   Investment  Accounts:  All  contributions of  Employers
          and Participants, together with all income, profits or increments
          thereon  shall  be  deposited  in  separate  investment  accounts
          ("Investment Accounts") for each Participant with the  Investment
          Manager  in the  name of  each Participant.   Contributions  to a
          Participant's  Investment  Account shall  be  invested among  the
          Investment Funds pursuant  to the Participant's directions  given
          in  accordance  with  the  provisions of  Sections 8.3  and  8.4.
          Except as  otherwise  provided herein,  interest,  dividends  and
          other income  or profits  and gains, without  distinction between
          principle and income  arising from an  Investment Fund, shall  be
          invested  and reinvested  in the  Investment Fund  in which  they
          arise.

                    A Participant may only  invest his Investment  Accounts
          in the Investment Funds designated by the Employer and offered by
          the Investment Manager  to Participants  in this  Plan.   Pending
          investment  acquisitions in  an  Investment Fund,  the Investment
          Manager may hold  funds thereof uninvested, or in  bank deposits,
          money-market  investments,  Treasury Bills,  commercial  paper or
          like holdings.

              8.2   Investment  Manager:  The  Committee  shall appoint  an
          Investment Manager  or Managers to manage (including the power to
          acquire and dispose  of) the  assets of the  Investment Funds  in
          accordance with the terms of this Plan.

              8.3   Investment Directions of Participants:  Effective as of
          the Effective Date  or any following Entry Date, each Participant
          may by  written notice to the Investment Manager, in the form and
          manner prescribed by it  or the Committee, direct that  the total
          of the  Contributions allocable  to his Company  Matching Account
          and Employee Contribution Account  be invested in accordance with
          such percentages as he may designate among the Investment Funds.

              8.4   Change  of  Investment   Directions:  Subject  to   any
          restrictions  or  conditions  which  may be  established  by  the
          Investment Manager, a Participant  may direct that the investment
          of  the total,  or  any part  thereof,  of the  existing  account
          balances   in  his   Company   Matching   Account  and   Employee
          Contribution  Account be  changed from one  authorized Investment
          Fund  to another  authorized  Investment  Fund  at  any  time  by
          contacting the Investment Manager.   During February of each Plan
          Year  or within thirty  (30) days after a  new investment fund is
          offered  by the Investment Manager to  Participants in this Plan,
          each Participant may, by  written notice to the Committee  in the
          manner prescribed  by  it  and subject  to  any  restrictions  or

                                         -22-<PAGE>





          conditions which may be established by the Committee, direct that
          the  investment of all future  contributions by and  on behalf of
          the Participant be changed from one authorized Investment Fund to
          another authorized  Investment Fund(s), effective as  of the next
          following March 1 or on the first day of the month next following
          thirty (30) days  after a new  investment fund is offered  by the
          Investment Manager to Participants in this Plan.

              8.5   Benefits Provided Solely From Individual Accounts:  All
          the benefits provided  under Article VI hereof  shall be paid  or
          distributed by  the Investment  Manager out of  the Participant's
          Investment  Account with  the Investment  Manager.   No Fiduciary
          shall be responsible or liable  in any manner for payment  of any
          such benefits,  and all Participants hereunder  shall look solely
          to  such Investment Account and  to the adequacy  thereof for the
          payment  of benefits of any nature or  kind which may at any time
          be payable hereunder.   The Investment Manager is to  look solely
          to the Participant for instructions as to  prompt disbursement of
          his Account in accordance with Participant's instructions.


































                                         -23-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE IX

                       ADOPTION OF PLAN BY OTHER ORGANIZATIONS;
                        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN;
              DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

              9.1   Procedure  for  Adoption:  Any  corporation   or  other
          organization which is or may become an Affiliate and which is not
          already an Employer  under this  Plan may, with  the consent  and
          approval of the Company,  adopt the Plan by formal  resolution or
          decision  of its  own  board  of  directors  or  other  governing
          authority,  for  all or  any  classification  of persons  in  its
          employment, and  thereby, from and after  the specified effective
          date become an "Employer" as defined in this Plan.  Such adoption
          shall  be  effected  and  evidenced  by  an  adoptive  instrument
          executed by  the  adopting  Affiliate and  consented  to  by  the
          Company.    The adoptive  instrument  may  contain such  specific
          changes and variations  in Plan  terms and provisions  as may  be
          acceptable to the Company.  The adoptive instrument shall become,
          as to such  adopting Affiliate and its employees, a  part of this
          Plan  as then amended.   The effective  date of the  Plan for any
          such  adopting  Affiliate shall  be that  stated in  the adoptive
          instrument, and from and after such effective date  such adopting
          Affiliate   shall  assume   all  the   rights,  obligations   and
          liabilities of an Employer  hereunder.  The administrative powers
          and  control of the Company,  as provided in  the Plan, including
          the  sole right of amendment,  of appointment and  removal of the
          Committee and the Investment  Manager and their successors, shall
          not  be diminished by reason of the participation of any Employer
          in the Plan.  Any Employer may withdraw from the Plan at any time
          without  affecting   other  Employers   by  complying   with  the
          provisions  of  the  Plan.   The  Company  may,  in its  absolute
          discretion,  terminate  an Employer's  participation at  any time
          when in its sole judgment such adopting Employer fails or refuses
          to discharge its obligations under the Plan.

              9.2   Effect of Adoption:  The  following special  provisions
          shall apply to all Employers:

                    (a)  An    Employee   shall   be   considered   in
               continuous    Service    while   regularly    employed
               simultaneously   or  successively   by  one   or  more
               Employers.

                    (b)  The  transfer   of  a  Participant  from  one
               Employer to another  or to an  Affiliate shall not  be
               deemed a termination of Service.

              9.3   Amendment:  The  Company shall have  the right to amend
          or modify  this Plan at  any time  and from time  to time  to any
          extent  that  it  may deem  advisable.    Any  such amendment  or
          modification  shall be set out  in an instrument  in writing duly

                                         -24-<PAGE>





          authorized by the Board of Directors and executed by the Company.
          No such  amendment or  modification shall, however,  increase the
          duties or responsibilities of  the Investment Manager without its
          consent thereto in writing, or have the effect of transferring to
          or  vesting  in any  Employer any  interest  or ownership  in any
          properties  of the Investment Accounts, or of permitting the same
          to be  used  for  or diverted  to  purposes other  than  for  the
          exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and
          the payment of expenses of the Plan.  No amendment shall decrease
          the Account of any  Participant.  Notwithstanding anything herein
          to the contrary, the Plan may be amended in such manner as may be
          required at any time  to make it  conform to the requirements  of
          any  United  States  statutes  with  respect  to  the  Investment
          Accounts, or of any  amendment thereto, or of any  regulations or
          rulings issued pursuant  thereto, and no such amendment  shall be
          considered  prejudicial  to  any  then  existing  rights  of  any
          Participant or his Beneficiary under the Plan.

              9.4   Acceptance or Rejection of Amendment by Employers:  The
          Company  shall  promptly  deliver  to  each  other  Employer  any
          amendment to this  Plan.  Each  such Employer  will be deemed  to
          have consented to such  amendment unless it notifies  the Company
          in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the amendment
          that it does not consent thereto.

              9.5   Termination:  The  Company  shall  have  the  right  to
          terminate this  Plan at any  time and  from time to  time to  any
          extent that it may deem advisable.  A termination of  the Plan as
          to  any particular Employer (and  only as to  any such particular
          Employer) shall occur under the following circumstances:

                    (a)  The Plan  may be  terminated by  the delivery
               to the Investment Manager  of an instrument in writing
               approved and  authorized by the board  of directors of
               such Employer.  In such event, termination of the Plan
               shall be effective as  of any subsequent day specified
               in such instrument.

                    (b)  The  Plan  shall  terminate effective  at the
               expiration of sixty (60)  days following the merger or
               dissolution of any Employer, unless within such time a
               successor  organization approved by  the Company shall
               deliver to the Investment Manager a written instrument
               certifying that  such organization (i) has  become the
               Employer  of more  than fifty  percent (50%)  of those
               Employees of such  Employer who are  then Participants
               under this  Plan and (ii) has  adopted the Plan  as to
               its Employees.

              9.6   Liquidation  and  Distribution  of Investment  Accounts
          Upon  Termination:  In the  event a  termination  of the  Plan in
          respect  of  any  Employer  shall  occur,  a  separation  of  and

                                         -25-<PAGE>





          withdrawal  from  the  Investment  Accounts  in  respect  of  the
          Participants of such Employer  shall be made as of  the effective
          date of such termination of the Plan.

              9.7   Effect  of  Termination  or Discontinuance  of  Company
          Matching   Contributions:  If   any  Employer   shall  completely
          discontinue its Company Matching Contributions to  the Investment
          Accounts  or suspend  its Company  Matching Contributions  to the
          Investment Accounts  under such circumstances as  to constitute a
          complete discontinuance  of Contributions  within the  purview of
          the reasoning  of U.S.  Treasury  Regulations Sec. 1.401-6(c),  then
          throughout any such period  of discontinuance of Company Matching
          Contributions all other provisions of the  Plan shall continue in
          full  force and effect with  respect to such  Employer other than
          the provisions for Contributions by such Employer.

              9.8   Merger  of  Plan:  In  the   event  of  any  merger  or
          consolidation of the Plan  with, or transfer in whole  or in part
          of the assets  and liabilities  of the Investment  Accounts to  a
          trust fund  held under any  other non-qualified plan  of deferred
          compensation maintained or  to be established for  the benefit of
          all  or some of the Participants of  this Plan, the assets of the
          Investment  Accounts applicable  to  such Participants  shall  be
          transferred to the trust fund only if:

                    (a)  Each Participant  would (if either this  Plan
               or the  other plan then terminated)  receive a benefit
               immediately   after   the  merger,   consolidation  or
               transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit
               he  would have  been  entitled to  receive immediately
               before the merger, consolidation  or transfer (if this
               Plan had then terminated); and

                    (b)  Resolutions of the board of  directors of the
               Employer under this  Plan, or of any  new or successor
               employer of the affected Participants, shall authorize
               such transfer of assets;  and, in the case of  the new
               or  successor employer  of the  affected Participants,
               its   resolutions  shall  include   an  assumption  of
               liabilities   with   respect  to   such  Participants'
               inclusion in the new employer's plan.












                                         -26-<PAGE>





                                      ARTICLE X

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

             10.1   Terms of  Employment:  The adoption and  maintenance of
          the provisions  of this Plan shall not  be deemed to constitute a
          contract  between any  Employer  and any  Employee,  or to  be  a
          consideration  for,  or  an   inducement  or  condition  of,  the
          employment of  any  person.   Nothing herein  contained shall  be
          deemed to  give to any Employee  the right to be  retained in the
          employ  of an  Employer  or to  interfere  with the  right of  an
          Employer to discharge an  Employee at any  time, nor shall it  be
          deemed to give to an  Employer the right to require  any Employee
          to  remain in  its  employ,  nor  shall  it  interfere  with  any
          Employee's right to terminate his employment at any time.

             10.2   Controlling Law:  Subject to the  applicable provisions
          of ERISA, as the same may be amended from time to time, which may
          be applicable and  provide to  the contrary, this  Plan shall  be
          construed, regulated and administered under the laws of the State
          of Texas.

             10.3   Invalidity of Particular  Provisions:  In the event any
          provision of this Plan shall  be held illegal or invalid  for any
          reason,  said  illegality  or  invalidity shall  not  affect  the
          remaining provisions of  this Plan but shall  be fully severable,
          and this Plan shall be construed and enforced  as if said illegal
          or invalid provisions had never been inserted therein.

             10.4   Non-Alienability   of   Rights   of   Participants:  No
          interest,  right or  claim in  or to  any part  of an  Investment
          Account   or   any  payment   therefrom   shall  be   assignable,
          transferable,  voluntary or  involuntary by  operation of  law or
          otherwise, or subject to  sale, mortgage, pledge,  hypothecation,
          commutation, anticipation, garnishment, attachment,  execution or
          levy  of any kind, and the Investment Manager shall not recognize
          any  attempt   to  assign,  transfer,   sell,  mortgage,  pledge,
          hypothecate, commute or anticipate the same, except to the extent
          required by law.

             10.5   Payments     in     Satisfaction    of     Claims    of
          Participants:  Any payment or distribution to any  Participant or
          his legal  representative or  any Beneficiary in  accordance with
          the provisions of this Plan shall be in full  satisfaction of all
          claims under  the  Plan against  the  Employer.   The  Investment
          Manager may  require that any distributee execute  and deliver to
          the  Investment Manager a receipt and a full and complete release
          as a condition precedent to any payment or distribution under the
          Plan.

             10.6   Impossibility     of     Diversion    of     Investment
          Accounts:  Notwithstanding  any provision herein to the contrary,

                                         -27-<PAGE>





          no part of the  corpus or the  income of the Investment  Accounts
          shall ever be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
          exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.  No
          part of the Investment Accounts shall ever directly or indirectly
          revert to the Employer.
















































                                         -28-<PAGE>





                    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  Company  has executed  these
          presents as  evidenced by the  signatures of its  duly authorized
          officers,  in a number of  copies, all of  which shall constitute
          but  one  and  the same  instrument,  which  may be  sufficiently
          evidenced  by any  such executed  copy hereof,  this 16th  day of
          June, 1995, but effective as of February 1, 1993.

                                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                   By//s// George R. Haubenreich, Jr.      

          ATTEST:

          //s// Sheila F. Jaynes        




          THE STATE OF TEXAS

          COUNTY  OF  HARRIS 

                    BEFORE ME,  the  undersigned  authority,  on  this  day
          personally appeared George R.  Haubenreich, Jr., Sheila F. Jaynes
          of OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC., known to me to be the persons
          and  officers  whose  names   are  subscribed  to  the  foregoing
          instrument, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same as
          the  act   of  the   said  OCEANEERING  INTERNATIONAL,   INC.,  a
          corporation, and that  they are  duly authorized  to perform  the
          same and that  they executed the same as the act and deed of said
          corporation for the purposes and  consideration therein expressed
          and in the capacity therein stated.

                    GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 6th day
          of June, 1995.



                                        //s// June M. Templet              
                                        Notary Public, State of Texas











                                         -29-









          EXHIBIT 10.16


          March 31, 1995



          Oceaneering International, Inc.
          16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 600
          Houston, Texas  77084
          Attention: T. Jay Collins, 
          Executive Vice President & 
          Chief Financial Officer

          Ladies and Gentlemen:

               Citibank,  N.A.  (the "Bank")  is  pleased  to establish  an
          uncommitted  line  of  credit  in   your  favor  not  to   exceed
          $US20,000,000.00 (Twenty Million Dollars) at any time outstanding
          and available  for your use from  time to time through  March 31,
          1996, unless the Bank should advise, or be advised by you, to the
          contrary.  This  line of credit  agreement (this "Agreement")  is
          not  a commitment but sets  forth the terms  and conditions under
          which  the Bank  may in  its sole  discretion make  advances (the
          "Advances") to you and  may issue (as "Issuing Bank")  letters of
          credit for a  term not to exceed two  (2) years from the  date of
          issuance (each a "Letter  of Credit") for your account  from time
          to time under such line of credit.

               1.   The  Advances.   (a)   All Advances  under the  line of
          credit shall be payable on demand  and shall be evidenced by your
          Demand Promissory  Note substantially in  the form  of Exhibit  A
          hereto (the  "Note").  Advances under the Note may be made by the
          Bank  at  the oral  or  written  request  of  persons  designated
          pursuant  to the  resolution delivered  to the  Bank pursuant  to
          Section 3 below and  shall be disbursed by credit to your account
          at the office  of the Citibank, N.A. located at  399 Park Avenue,
          New  York, New  York 10043  or otherwise  in accordance  with the
          written  instruction of  such persons.   In  accordance with  the
          terms  of the  Note,  you shall  be  permitted to  choose  as the
          applicable interest  rate  basis  for  each Advance  one  of  the
          following  (as defined  in the  Note): Citibank's  Alternate Base
          Rate, LIBOR plus an additional amount mutually agreed upon by the
          Bank and you prior to the time of a borrowing under  the Note, or
          the  Quoted Rate; provided  that LIBOR  and Quoted  Rate Advances
          (each  a  "Fixed  Rate  Advance")  shall  only  be  available for
          principal   amounts   of  at   least   $1,000,000   or  $500,000,
          respectively, that are whole-integer  multiples of $100,000.  All
          capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein  are used with the
          same meanings as in the Note.  


          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95<PAGE>





               (b)  If  due to either (i) the introduction of or any change
          (including without limitation, any change by way of imposition or
          increase of reserve requirements) in  or in the interpretation of
          any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance of the Bank with any
          guideline or request from any central bank or  other governmental
          authority  (whether or not having  force of law),  there shall be
          any  increase in  the cost  to the  Bank of  agreeing to  make or
          making, funding or maintaining Advances, then you shall from time
          to time,  upon demand  by the  Bank, pay  to the  Bank additional
          amounts sufficient  to indemnify the Bank  against such increased
          cost.  You further agree to indemnify and save  the Bank harmless
          from  any loss, cost, damage,  liability or expense  which may be
          suffered or incurred by  the Bank, resulting from  the imposition
          of reserve  requirements  to transactions  covered  hereby  under
          Regulation D of  the Board  of Governors of  the Federal  Reserve
          System or otherwise (including without limitation the loss, cost,
          damage,  liability or  expense incurred  in maintaining  any such
          reserve).  A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost,
          submitted  to  you  by  the  Bank,  shall  be  conclusive, absent
          manifest error.
































          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    2<PAGE>





               (c)  You agree to compensate the Bank on written request  by
          the Bank (which request  will set forth in reasonable  detail the
          basis  for requesting  such amounts)  for all  reasonable losses,
          expenses  and liabilities  (including,  without  limitation,  any
          interest paid by  the Bank to lenders of funds  borrowed by it to
          make or carry Fixed Rate Advances) and any loss sustained  by the
          Bank in connection with the reemployment of such funds which Bank
          may sustain if  for any reason (whether due to demand for payment
          by the Bank (except for demand by the Bank in circumstances where
          no default or event of default exists or where no imminent breach
          by  Borrower  of the  note and/or  this  Agreement exists  in the
          reasonable  view  of  the  Bank),  voluntary  prepayment  by  the
          Borrower or any other reason) you repay any Fixed Rate Advance on
          a day which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period
          or as  a consequence of your  failure to borrow any  such Advance
          after giving notice thereof or  to pay the principal of any  such
          Advance when due under this Agreement and the Note.

               2.   Letters of Credit.   You may from time to  time request
          the Bank  to cause the Issuing  Bank to issue a  Letter of Credit
          for your account by executing the Issuing Bank's standard form of
          letter  of  credit  application  (each an  "Application").    The
          Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit
          at  any time but  each Letter of  Credit shall be  subject to the
          terms  and conditions  contained in  the related  Application and
          shall  expire no  more  than  two (2)  years  after  the date  of
          issuance.    You  shall pay  the  Bank  a  commission payable  at
          issuance on each standby Letter of Credit computed at the rate of
          .75%  per annum  (based on  a year  of 360  days and  actual days
          elapsed) on the maximum  amount available or to be  available for
          drawing  thereunder  (assuming  compliance  with  all  conditions
          thereof),  or $450.00 (which ever is  greater) payable in arrears
          on the  last day of  each calendar quarter and  on the expiration
          date thereof.  In  the event that  the Issuing Bank notifies  the
          Bank  that you  have  failed to  pay  any obligations  under  any
          Application  when due, you shall  be deemed to  have requested an
          Advance  from the  Bank in  such amount  bearing interest  at the
          Alternate Base Rate and the Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized
          to make  such an Advance and deliver  the proceeds thereof to the
          Issuing Bank for application to such obligations.

               3.   Loan  Documents.  You shall  provide to the  Bank (i) a
          copy  of this Agreement executed by you, (ii) your executed Note,
          (iii)  a certificate  of your  secretary or  assistant secretary,
          dated a recent date, containing a copy of the resolutions of your
          board of  directors authorizing the execution  and performance of
          this  Agreement,  the  Note,  the  Applications,  and  all  other
          documents  executed  or  to  be  executed  by  you  hereunder  or
          thereunder (collectively, the "Loan Documents") and certifying as
          to  the  incumbency  and  specimen signatures  of  your  officers
          authorized  to execute  each such  Loan Document  and to  give or

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    3<PAGE>





          designate others  to give  notices hereunder and  thereunder, and
          (iv) a  copy of  your articles  or  certificate of  incorporation
          certified  by   the  Secretary   of  State   of  your   state  of
          incorporation as of a recent date.

               4.   Representations  and Covenants.   Until the termination
          of  this line of credit  and payment in  full of your obligations
          under this letter  agreement, the Note and  the Applications (the
          "Obligations") you will provide  to the Bank: (i) within  90 days
          after the end  of each fiscal  year, annual financial  statements
          certified by accountants acceptable  to the Bank; (ii) within  45
          days  after the  end of  each fiscal  quarter (except  the fourth
          quarter) unaudited financial statements  certified by your  chief
          financial  officer; and (iii)  such other  information concerning
          your business, operations, properties, prospects and financial or
          other condition  as the Bank may  request from time to  time.  In
          addition, you  agree at all times during  the term of this Letter
          Agreement to advise the Bank immediately upon obtaining knowledge
          of (but in  any event not  later than twenty  (20) days from  the
          date of)  the occurrence of  a default under  the terms of  or an
          Event  of Default as defined under any credit agreement or senior
          credit  facilities   between  the  Borrower  and   any  financial
          institution or other third party.  Such notice maybe in the  form
          of oral  communication promptly confirmed in  writing via letter,
          telex, telecopier or telefacsimile.

               5.   Obligations  Payable on  Demand.   Except  as otherwise
          required by  the terms of the Demand  Promissory Note, all of the
          Obligations  shall  be  payable on  demand,  notwithstanding  the
          duration of any  Interest Period for any  Advance, the expiration
          date of any Letter of Credit or anything else contained herein or
          in any of the Loan Documents.    Upon such demand, you shall  pay
          to us, in addition to all principal and interest then outstanding
          under  the Note,  an  amount equal  to  the maximum  amount  (the
          "Maximum  Available Amount") which may at any time be drawn under
          all Letters of Credit  then outstanding (assuming compliance with
          all conditions  thereof and whether or not  any beneficiary under
          any Letter of Credit  shall have presented, or shall  be entitled
          at such time to  present, the drafts or other  documents required
          to  draw under such Letter of Credit), which amount shall be held
          in a cash  collateral account to be  established by you  with the
          Issuing  Bank as cash  collateral for your  obligations under the
          Applications,  provided  that in  the  event  of cancellation  or
          expiration  of any  Letter  of Credit  or  any reduction  in  the
          Maximum Available  Amount, we shall apply  the difference between
          the  Maximum   Available  Amount   immediately   prior  to   such
          cancellation, expiration or  reduction and the Maximum  Available
          Amount   immediately  after  such   cancellation,  expiration  or
          reduction,  to the  payment  of any  outstanding Obligations  and
          shall  pay any excess to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to
          receive such  funds.   Amounts deposited in  the cash  collateral

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    4<PAGE>





          account shall be invested by the Bank at your request in approved
          certificates of  deposit or other  readily marketable instruments
          or securities mutually agreed upon by you and the Bank.

               6.   Indemnification.    You  agree  to indemnify  and  hold
          harmless  the  Bank  and  its  affiliates,  officers,  directors,
          employees, agents  and  advisors (each,  an "Indemnified  Party")
          from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities
          and   expenses   (including,   without   limitation,   fees   and
          disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by or asserted or
          awarded against any Indemnified  Party, in each case arising  out
          of or in connection with  or by reason of, or in  connection with
          the preparation  for a defense of,  any investigation, litigation
          or  proceeding arising out of,  related to or  in connection with
          this Agreement or the Obligations, including, without limitation,
          any transaction in which the proceeds of any borrowing are or are
          to be applied,  whether or not  an Indemnified Party  is a  party
          thereto and  whether or not the  transactions contemplated herein
          are consummated,  except to the extent such  claim, damage, loss,
          liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment
          by a court of  competent jurisdiction to have resulted  from such
          Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

               7.   Amendments and Waivers.   No amendment, modification or
          waiver of this Agreement,  the Note or any term hereof or thereof
          shall be  effective unless in writing  and signed by you  and the
          Bank.

               8.   Integration.   This letter agreement, the  Note and any
          other Loan  Documents constitute the final  agreement between you
          and the Bank on the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
          understandings, representations and agreements.

               9.   Assignments and  Participations.  We may  assign to any
          of  our  affiliates or,  with your  consent  (which shall  not be
          unreasonably   withheld),  to   one  or   more  other   financial
          institutions, all  or a  portion  of our  rights and  obligations
          under this letter and the Note.   Upon delivery to you of written
          notice of such assignment signed by both parties thereto, (i) the
          assignee  shall become a party hereto and shall assume our rights
          and obligations hereunder to the extent of such  assignment, (ii)
          the assignor shall relinquish its rights and be released from its
          obligations  under this letter to  the same extent  and (iii) you
          shall  promptly execute and deliver new notes to the assignee and
          assignor  as necessary  to  reflect their  respective rights  and
          obligations hereunder after giving effect to such assignment.  We
          may also sell participations  in all or a  portion of our  rights
          and  obligations   under  this   Agreement,  provided  that   our
          obligations hereunder  shall  remain unchanged,  we shall  remain
          solely  responsible   to  the   other  parties  hereto   for  the
          performance thereof  and you  shall continue to  deal solely  and

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    5<PAGE>





          directly with us  in connection with  our rights and  obligations
          hereunder.    We  may disclose  to  any  existing  or prospective
          transferee under this Section any information received by us from
          or  on behalf  of you  pursuant to  this letter,  so long  as the
          recipient  has agreed to hold in  confidence any such information
          which is  confidential in nature.   Notwithstanding anything else
          set forth herein, we  may at any time create  a security interest
          in all or  any portion of our rights under this letter (including
          without limitation the  Advances and  the Note) in  favor of  any
          Federal Reserve Bank.  

               10.  Governing Law and  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement  shall
          be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws
          of the  State of New York.   The Borrower hereby  consents to the
          personal  jurisdiction of any court  of the United  States or the
          State  of New  York sitting  in New  York City,  New York  in any
          action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement
          or the Note, agrees that all claims in respect of any such action
          or  proceeding  may be  heard and  determined  in such  court and
          waives the  defense of inconvenient  forum to the  maintenance of
          any such action or proceeding.

               If  the foregoing  is satisfactory  to you,  please indicate
          your acceptance by signing  the enclosed copy of this  letter and
          returning it to  the Bank  at Citibank, N.A.  c/o Citicorp  North
          America,  Inc., Two  Allen  Center, 1200  Smith Street,  Houston,
          Texas  77002.

                                   Yours very truly

                                   CITIBANK, N.A.

                                   By_MARK_J._LYONS____________________
                                   Title_Vice President________________



          Accepted and agreed to as of
          the date first stated above:

          OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.


          By: ROBERT P. MINGOIA
          Title: Treasurer







          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    6<PAGE>





                                      EXHIBIT A

                                DEMAND PROMISSORY NOTE


        $20,000,000.00                                                 
        March 31, 1995


             FOR  VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Oceaneering International,
        Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY
        ON DEMAND  to the order of Citibank, N.A. (the "Bank"), at its office
        (the  "Reference Bank")  located at  399 Park  Avenue, New  York, New
        York, the  principal sum  of $20,000,000.00 (Twenty  Million Dollars)
        or, if less, the aggregate principal  amount of all advances (each an
        "Advance")  made hereunder by the Bank to the Borrower outstanding at
        the  time  of such  demand;  together with  interest  on any  and all
        principal  amounts  remaining  unpaid  hereunder from  time  to  time
        outstanding from  and including the date hereof  until such principal
        amounts are finally paid in full,  at such interest rates and payable
        at such times, as  are specified below.  This Demand  Promissory Note
        is the  Note referred to in, and is  entitled to the benefits of, the
        letter agreement between the Borrower and the Bank dated as of  March
        31,  1995 (as amended from time to time, the "Letter Agreement").

             1.   All  Advances  hereunder shall  bear  interest,  payable on
        demand or  if no demand is made then monthly  on the last day of each
        calendar month during the term hereof, at a fluctuating interest rate
        per annum  in effect  from time  to time equal  at all  times to  the
        Alternate  Base  Rate (as  defined below),  with  each change  in the
        fluctuating interest rate hereunder taking effect simultaneously with
        the corresponding  change in the  Alternate Base Rate;  provided that
        upon  not less than three Business  Days (as defined below) notice to
        the Bank, the  Borrower may elect to have all or  any portion (in the
        amount of  at least  $1,000,000 that  are whole-integer  multiples of
        $100,000)  of the aggregate  principal amount  of such  Advances bear
        interest for the Interest Period (as defined below) specified in such
        notice  at LIBOR  (as  defined  below),  plus  an  additional  amount
        mutually agreed upon  by the Borrower  and the Bank,  payable on  the
        last day of  such Interest  Period; and provided  further, that  upon
        offer by the Bank and acceptance by the Borrower on any Business Day,
        the Borrower may elect  to have all or any portion (in  the amount of
        at least $500,000  that are whole-integer  multiples of $100,000)  of
        the  aggregate principal amount of  such Advances bear  interest at a
        rate equal to the Quoted Rate (as defined below), payable on the last
        day of such Interest Period. 
            
             2.   As used in this Demand Promissory Note, the following terms
        shall have the following meanings:



          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95<PAGE>





             "Alternate Base Rate"  means, at all  times, a fluctuating  rate
        per annum equal to the highest of: 

                   (i)  the  rate  of  interest  announced  publicly  by  the
             Reference Bank in  New York, New York, for time  to time, as the
             Reference Bank's base rate; or

                   (ii) the sum of (A) 1/2  of one percent per annum plus (B)
             the rate obtained by dividing  (x) the latest three-week  moving
             average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United
             States for  three-month certificates of deposit  of major United
             States money market banks  (such three-week moving average being
             determined weekly by  the Reference  Bank on the  basis of  such
             rates  reported  by  certificate   of  deposit  dealers  to  and
             published by the  Federal Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if such
             publication shall be  suspended or terminated,  on the basis  of
             quotations for  such rates  received by  the Reference  Bank, in
             either  case adjusted to the  nearest 1/4 of  one percent or, if
             there  is no nearest 1/4 of one  percent, to the next higher 1/4
             on one  percent), by (y)  a percentage  equal to 100%  minus the
             average of  the daily  percentages specified during  such three-
             week period by  the Federal  Reserve Board  for determining  the
             maximum reserve requirement (including,  but not limited to, any
             marginal reserve requirements for  the Reference Bank in respect
             of   liabilities  consisting   of  or  including   (among  other
             liabilities) three-month non-personal time deposits  of at least
             $100,000), plus (C) the average during such three-week period of
             the daily net annual assessment rates estimated by the Reference
             Bank for  determining the  current annual assessment  payable by
             the Reference Bank to  the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
             for insuring three-month time deposits in the United States; or

                  (iii)  one half of one percent per annum above the weighted
             average  of the  rates on  overnight Federal  funds transactions
             with members of  the Federal Reserve System  arranged by Federal
             funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not
             a  Business Day,  for the  next preceding  Business Day)  by the
             Federal Reserve  Bank of New  York, or, if  such rate is  not so
             published for any  day which is  a Business Day, the  average of
             the quotations  for such transactions received  by the Reference
             Bank  from three  Federal funds  brokers of  recognized standing
             selected by it.

             "Business Day"  means a day of  the year on which  banks are not
        required or authorized to close in New York City and, with respect to
        any Advance bearing interest by reference to LIBOR, a day of the year
        on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

             "Indebtedness" means  (a) all  indebtedness of the  Borrower for
        borrowed  money or  for the  deferred purchase  price of  property or
        services  under  material  contracts   (other    than  current  trade

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    2<PAGE>





        liabilities  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  the  Borrower's
        business and payable in accordance with customary practices and which
        in any event are  no more than 120 days past due or, if more than 120
        days  past  due,  are being  contested  in  good  faith and  adequate
        reserves  with respect thereof  have been  made on  the books  of the
        Borrower), (b)  all obligations  under senior credit  facilities, (c)
        all  obligations  under  Finance  leases,  (d)  all  obligations  and
        liabilities  secured by liens on  any property owned  by the Borrower
        whether or  not the Borrower has  assumed or is otherwise  liable for
        the payment thereof.

             "Interest  Period"  means  (i) in  the  case  of  a Quoted  Rate
        Advance, the number of days  mutually agreed by the Borrower  and the
        Bank  and (ii)  in the  case of  a LIBOR  Advance, one, two  or three
        months;  provided that (a) no Interest Period shall be selected which
        will  end after the Termination  Date and (b) if the  last day of any
        Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than  a Business
        Day, such Interest Period  shall end on the next  succeeding Business
        Day, except  that if such extension  would cause the last  day of any
        Interest Period  for a LIBOR Advance  to occur in the  next following
        calendar  month, such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding
        Business Day.

             "LIBOR"  means, for any Interest  Period, the rate  per annum at
        which  deposits in United States dollars are offered by the principal
        office of the Reference Bank in London, England to prime banks in the
        London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days
        (as defined below) before the first day of such Interest Period in an
        amount substantially  equal to the  principal amount of  such Advance
        and for  a period equal to such Interest Period, provided that if, on
        any  date, it shall become unlawful for  the Bank to continue to fund
        or maintain any  amount hereunder at  LIBOR, or  LIBOR shall fail  to
        reflect the cost to Bank of funding or maintaining  such amount, such
        amount shall bear interest from and after such date at the  Alternate
        Base Rate. 

             "Quoted Rate" means, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum
        offered by the Bank to the Borrower and agreed to by the Borrower for
        such  Interest Period, provided, however,  that if no  rate per annum
        shall be agreed by  the Borrower and the Bank prior to 1:00 p.m. (New
        York time)  on the first  day of such  Interest Period as  the Quoted
        Rate  for such  Interest Period,  the Quoted  Rate for  such Interest
        Period shall be equal to the Alternate  Base Rate.  The Bank may give
        the Borrower a  written confirmation of the  principal amount, Quoted
        Rate and Interest Period applicable  to any Advance bearing  interest
        at  the Quoted  Rate and,  unless the  Borrower shall  object thereto
        within  one  Business Day  after  receiving  such confirmation,  such
        confirmation  shall be conclusive and  binding for all  purposes.  If
        the Borrower shall make a timely objection as to the rate or term set
        forth  in such confirmation, such Advances shall bear interest at the
        Alternate Base Rate.

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    3<PAGE>





              3.   Both principal and interest hereunder are payable prior to
        1:00  P.M. (New  York  City  time) on  the  day for  payment  thereof
        (whether  upon demand  or otherwise)  in lawful  money of  the United
        States of America  to the Bank  at the office  of the Reference  Bank
        referred to above, in same day funds.  Whenever any payment hereunder
        shall be stated to  be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such
        payment shall be made  on the next succeeding Business  Day, and such
        extension of time shall in such  case be included in the  computation
        of payment of  interest.  All computations of interest  shall be made
        by the Bank  on the basis of a  year of 365 or 366 days  (if based on
        the Base  Rate) or 360 days (in  the case of any  other rate) for the
        actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last
        day) occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.  The
        Borrower hereby authorizes the  Reference Bank, if and to  the extent
        payment is not made when  due hereunder, to charge from time  to time
        against any or all of the Borrower's accounts with the Reference Bank
        (without notice  to the Borrower) and make  available to the Bank any
        amount so due.  Any amount of principal or interest which is not paid
        when due (whether on  demand, at stated maturity, by  acceleration or
        otherwise) shall bear interest from the  date on which such amount is
        due until such  amount is paid in full, payable on  demand, at a rate
        per annum equal at all  times to two percent (2%) per annum above the
        Alternate Base Rate.

              4.  The  duration of any Interest Period shall in no way affect
        the  Bank's right to demand  payment hereunder at  any time; provided
        that, unless the Bank shall have made a demand hereunder for payment,
        the Borrower shall have no right to prepay or to  change the interest
        rate  basis  for  any unpaid  principal  amount  bearing  interest by
        reference to LIBOR or  the Quoted Rate other than on  the last day of
        the  Interest Period  therefor.    To  the  extent  that  any  unpaid
        principal amount  hereof bears interest  at the Alternate  Base Rate,
        the Borrower may pay all  or any part thereof on not  less than three
        Business  Days' notice to the Bank, together with accrued interest to
        the date of such payment on the amount paid.  

              5.  The date  and amount  of  each Advance,  the interest  rate
        selection, the  Interest Period applicable  thereto (if any)  and all
        payments made by the Borrower on account of principal hereof shall be
        recorded  by the  Bank  and, prior  to  any transfer  of  this Demand
        Promissory Note, entered  by the  Bank on the  grid attached  hereto,
        which is part of this Demand  Promissory Note, provided that the Bank
        shall not  be liable  to  the Borrower  or to  any  other person  for
        failure  to record  any  of the  foregoing  matters  on the  grid  or
        otherwise in  the Bank's  records.  Such  grid or  such other  record
        maintained by  the Bank shall, in  the absence of  manifest error, be
        conclusive evidence of the matters so recorded.

             6.   Each  Advance made by the  Bank to the  Borrower under this
        Demand  Promissory Note shall be  subject to the  satisfaction of the
        condition precedent to  funding such Advance and a  representation by

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    4<PAGE>





        the  Borrower to  the Bank that  no default  or Event  of Default (as
        defined in  such agreements) exist under any senior credit facilities
        or  credit agreements to which the Borrower is a party on the date of
        and at the time of the making of such Advance by the Bank hereunder.

             7.   In the event of an  actual or deemed entry of an  order for
        relief  with respect  to the  Borrower under  the  Federal Bankruptcy
        Code,  this Demand Promissory Note, all interest hereon and all other
        amounts payable hereunder shall automatically  become and be due  and
        payable, without presentment,  demand, protest or  any notice of  any
        kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

             8.   If the Borrower shall  default in any payment  of principal
        of  or interest on any Indebtedness (other  than this Note) after the
        expiration of  the  applicable  grace  period  provided  for  in  any
        agreement,  note  or instrument  under  which  such Indebtedness  was
        created,  upon the  happening of  such event,  without demand  by the
        Bank,  all  interest  hereon  and  all  amounts due  hereunder  shall
        automatically become due and  payable, without notice, presentment or
        protest  of any  kind,  all  of which  are  expressly  waived by  the
        Borrower.

             9.   The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand,
        notice of dishonor and protest of this Demand Promissory Note and, to
        the full  extent permitted by law  the right to plead  any statute of
        limitations  as  a defense  to any  demand  hereunder.   The Borrower
        agrees to  pay  on demand  all  losses, costs  and expenses,  if  any
        (including reasonable counsel fees  and expenses), in connection with
        the enforcement  (whether through negotiations, legal  proceedings or
        otherwise) of this  Demand Promissory Note and  any other instruments
        and documents  delivered in  connection herewith,  including, without
        limitation,  reasonable  counsel  fees  and  expenses  in  connection
        therewith.  

             10.  This  Demand  Promissory Note  shall  be  governed by,  and
        construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  The
        Borrower hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of any court of
        the United States or the State of  New York sitting in New York City,
        New York  in any action or  proceeding arising out of  or relating to
        this  Demand Promissory Note or the Letter Agreement, agrees that all
        claims in respect  of any such action or proceeding  may be heard and
        determined in such court and waives the defense of inconvenient forum
        to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.

             IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the   Borrower  has  caused  this  Demand
        Promissory Note to be  executed and delivered by its  duly authorized
        officer, as of the day and year and at the place first above written.


                                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                           

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    5<PAGE>





                                           By:                               
                       
                                           Title:                            
                       
                         















































          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    6<PAGE>





    TRANSACTIONS ON DEMAND PROMISSORY NOTE OF                                
    IN FAVOR OF CITIBANK, N.A. dated March 31, 1995 

     
                                                                               

               Amount of                  
               Borrowing                              
               Made This     Interest      Interest   Amount of     Notation
    Date         Date         Period         Rate      Payment       Made By 




                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               


                                                                               

                                                                               


          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                   7<PAGE>





          EXHIBIT B
          FORM OF OPINION OF BORROWER'S COUNSEL



          [Date]

          Citibank, N.A.
          399 Park Avenue
          New York, New York 10043

          Ladies and Gentlemen:

               This  opinion is furnished to  you pursuant to  Section 3 of
          the letter agreement dated as of              , 19   (the "Letter
          Agreement"),  between                                        (the
          "Borrower") and you.   Terms defined in the Credit  Agreement are
          used herein as therein defined.

               We have acted as counsel for the Borrower in connection with
          the preparation, execution and  delivery of the Letter Agreement.
          In that connection, we  have examined: (1) the  Letter Agreement,
          (2) the documents furnished by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3
          of  the Letter  Agreement,  (3) the  [Articles] [Certificate]  of
          Incorporation  of the  Borrower and  all amendments  thereto (the
          "Charter"), (4)  the by-laws of  the Borrower and  all amendments
          thereto  (the "By-laws"), (5)  a certificate of  the Secretary of
          State of                 , dated                , 19  , attesting
          to  the continued  corporate existence  and good standing  of the
          Borrower in that  State.  We have also examined the originals, or
          copies certified to our satisfaction, of  the documents listed in
          a certificate  of the chief  financial officer  of the  Borrower,
          dated the  date hereof  (the "Certificate"), certifying  that the
          documents  listed in such certificate  are all of the indentures,
          loan  or   credit  agreements,  leases,   guarantees,  mortgages,
          security  agreements,  bonds,  notes   and  other  agreements  or
          instruments,  and all  of the  orders, writs,  judgments, awards,
          injunctions and  decrees, which affect  or purport to  affect the
          Borrower's right  to borrow  money or the  Borrower's obligations
          under the  Letter Agreement or  the Note.   In addition, we  have
          examined the originals, or  copies certified to our satisfaction,
          of  such other corporate records of the Borrower, certificates of
          public officials and of officers of the Borrower, and agreements,
          instruments and other documents, as we have deemed necessary as a
          basis for the opinions expressed below.  As to questions of  fact
          material to such opinions, we  have, when relevant facts were not
          independently established by us,  relied upon certificates of the
          Borrower or its officers or of public officials.  We have assumed
          the due execution and delivery, pursuant to due authorization, of
          the Letter Agreement by the Bank.


          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95<PAGE>





               Based upon  the foregoing and upon such  investigation as we
          have deemed necessary, we are of the following opinion:

                    1.    The Borrower  is  a  corporation duly  organized,
               validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the
               State of           .

                    2.   The  execution,  delivery and  performance by  the
               Borrower of the Letter Agreement and the Note are within the
               Borrower's corporate  powers, have  been duly  authorized by
               all necessary  corporate action,  and do not  contravene (i)
               the  Charter or  the  By-laws  or  (ii)  any  law,  rule  or
               regulation  applicable to  the Borrower  (including, without
               limitation, Regulation  X of the  Board of Governors  of the
               Federal Reserve  System) or  (iii) any contractual  or legal
               restriction  contained   in  any  document   listed  in  the
               Certificate or, to  the best of our  knowledge, contained in
               any  other similar document.   The Letter  Agreement and the
               Note  have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the
               Borrower.

                    3.  No authorization, approval or  other action by, and
               no  notice to or filing with,  any governmental authority or
               regulatory body is required  for the due execution, delivery
               and performance by  the Borrower of the Letter Agreement and
               the Note [,  except for           , all of  which have  been
               duly obtained or made and are in full force and effect].

                    4.   The Letter Agreement and the Note are legal, valid
               and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable  against
               the  Borrower in  accordance  with  their respective  terms,
               subject  to  the   effect  of  any   applicable  bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium   or  similar   law
               affecting  creditors' rights  generally and  subject  to the
               effect  of general principles  of equity, including (without
               limitation)  concepts  of materiality,  reasonableness, good
               faith and fair dealing  (regardless of whether considered in
               a proceeding in equity or at law).  

                    5.   To the best of our knowledge, there are no pending
               or  overtly threatened  actions or  proceedings  against the
               Borrower  or  any  of  its subsidiaries  before  any  court,
               governmental agency  or arbitrator  which purport  to affect
               the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability  of
               the Letter Agreement or the Note or which are likely to have
               a materially adverse effect  upon the financial condition or
               operations of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries.

                    [*6.  In  any action  or proceeding arising  out of  or
               relating to the Letter Agreement or the Note in any court of
               the State of              or in any federal court sitting in

          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    2<PAGE>





               the State of               , such court  would recognize and
               give effect to  the provisions of Section      of the Letter
               Agreement wherein the parties  thereto agree that the Letter
               Agreement and the Note  shall be governed by,  and construed
               in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.]

               We  are  qualified   to  practice  law   in  the  State   of
                       and  we do  not purport  to be  experts on  any laws
          other than the  laws of the State of               [, the General
          Corporation Law of the State of Delaware] and the Federal laws of
          the  United States.  [**For purposes  of the opinion set forth in
          paragraph  4 above, we have assumed with your permission that the
          laws of the  State of New York are  identical to the laws  of the
          State of              .]

                                                          Very truly yours,

          *    Include if the Borrower is located in a state other than New
          York.

          **   Include if Borrower's counsel is not admitted in New York.































          rew:atc
                 oceaneering - 3/30/95                    3<PAGE>





          EXHIBIT 10.17

                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                1995 BONUS AWARD PLAN



          The 1995 Bonus  Award Plan is approved by  the Company's Board of
          Directors   and  administered  by   its  Compensation  Committee.
          Individuals who are nominated  and approved for inclusion  in the
          Plan will be reviewed after final year end results are completed.
          Recommendations  for  cash bonus  awards  will  be  based on  the
          accomplishment of  results (Individual,  Profit Center  and Total
          Company) in order to determine the amount of award, if any, to be
          made.     People  must   be  amongst  the   nominated  group  for
          eligibility,  and be  employed  by the  Company  at the  time  of
          funding.   Bonuses  will be  earned when  paid.   Individuals, as
          designated, will be subject to a maximum bonus eligibility of 10%
          - 100% of current base salary.

          The  1995 Bonus Award Plan is based on achieving specific results
          by the Individual,  his Profit Center and the Total  Company.  In
          order to integrate each  of these performances in a  fashion that
          benefits   the   Shareholders  and   Employees,   each   item  is
          interrelated.   The amount of award recommendation  will be based
          on the following methodology:

          Individual Coefficient

               The Individual  Coefficient  is  determined  by  taking  the
               individual's  weighted  average  evaluation   of  objectives
               achieved times the individual's salary maximum.  This is the
               beginning  step   in  determining  the  final   award.    An
               individual's  performance must meet certain minimum criteria
               or he is eliminated from bonus award consideration.

          Profit Center Results Contribution

               The Profit  Center Contribution  is determined by  comparing
               the Profit  Center Net  Income  Objective with  the  results
               achieved and determining the  Contribution to the Individual
               Coefficient.

               Should the  Profit  Center  results  be  below  a  specified
               amount, all  the individuals  in that  Profit Center  may be
               eliminated from the Award Program.  The President may review
               the performance of areas within the region on a case-by-case
               basis and  take  appropriate  action.    Should  the  actual
               results  be equal to or  greater than such specified amount,
               the individual becomes eligible for an award.

          Oceaneering International, Inc. Results Contribution

               The Company Results Contribution is determined  by comparing
               the Company's  FY95 Net  Income  Result with  the  Objective<PAGE>



               planned.  The results achieved determine the multiplier that
               will  be  used.   Thus, an  individual  may, subject  to the
               determined maximum, be recommended for an award equal to the
               Individual  Coefficient times the Profit Center Contribution
               times  the Company Results  Contribution times  current base
               salary.

          The 1995 Bonus Award Plan is in effect FY95.  A similar  plan may
          or may  not be approved for FY96.  It is extremely important that
          the Company continue improved results in  FY95.  All participants
          must  be committed to a reward system based on achieving results.
          The Company  is  entrepreneurially  oriented  and  must  use  its
          maximum  creativity,  effort   and  determination  in   achieving
          individual results that  collectively increases its Shareholders'
          Net Wealth.   The 1995 Bonus Award  Plan is structured  to foster
          that position.



          June 16, 1994<PAGE>

     EXHIBIT 21

                                   SUBSIDIARIES OF

                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                   Percentage of Ownership     Jurisdiction
                                       by Oceaneering               of
     Subsidiary                      International, Inc.       Organization


Eastport International, Inc.                 100%                Delaware
Monocean Oceaneering Engenharia
  Submarina Ltda.                            100%                Brazil
Multiflex, Inc.                              100%                Texas
Multiflex Limited                            100%                Scotland
Multiflex U.K., Inc.                         100%                Texas
Norsk Subsea Cable AS                         49%                Norway
Ocean Barge Limited Partnership               75%                Texas
Ocean Systems Do Brasil Servicos
  Subaquaticos Ltda.                         100%                Brazil 
Ocean Systems Engineering, Inc.              100%                Texas
Ocean Systems Engineering Limited            100%                England
Oceaneering Arabia Ltd.                       50%                Saudi Arabia
Oceaneering A/S                              100%                Norway 
Oceaneering Australia Pty. Limited            50%                Australia
Oceaneering do Brasil Servicos 
  Submarinos Ltda.                           100%                Brazil 
Oceaneering FSC, Inc.                        100%                Barbados
Oceaneering International AG                 100%               Switzerland 
Oceaneering International (Ireland) Limited  100%                Ireland
Oceaneering International (M) Sdn. Bhd.      100%                Malaysia
Oceaneering International (Netherlands) B.V. 100%                Netherlands
Oceaneering International Pte Ltd            100%                Singapore 
Oceaneering International, S.A. de C.V.      100%                Mexico
Oceaneering International Services Limited   100%                England 
Oceaneering International (Sharjah) Limited  100%                Sharjah
Oceaneering Limited                          100%                Canada
Oceaneering Space Systems, Inc.              100%                Delaware
Oceaneering Survey, Inc.                     100%                Delaware
Oceaneering Technologies, Inc.               100%                Delaware
Oceaneering Underwater GmbH                  100%                Switzerland
Oceanteam A/S                                 50%                Norway
Oceanteam UK Limited                         100%                Scotland
Oil Industry Engineering, Inc.               100%                Texas
P. T. Calmarine                               50%                Indonesia
QAF-Solus Offshore Sdn Bhd                    50%                Brunei
Servicios Marinos Oceaneering Chile Limitada 100%                Chile     
Solus Emirates                                49%                U.A.E.
Solus Ocean Systems, Inc.                    100%                Delaware 
Solus Oceaneering (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.        49%                Malaysia
Solus Offshore Ltd.                          100%                Cayman Islands
Solus Schall Limited                         100%                England
Solus Schall (Nigeria) Limited                50%                Nigeria
Specialty Wire and Cable Company, Inc.       100%                Texas
Steadfast Oceaneering, Inc.                  100%                Virginia



          EXHIBIT 23


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

          As  independent  public  accountants,  we  hereby  consent  to   the
          incorporation by reference of  our report included in this Form  10-
          K,  into  the  Company's  previously  filed  Form  S-8  Registration
          Statements filed on  May 11,  1982 (Reg. No. 2-77451),  November 22,
          1982 (Reg. No.  2-80506), July  13, 1988  (Reg. No. 33-23059),  June
          12, 1989 (Reg. No.  33-29277), and September 24, 1990 (Reg. No.  33-
          36872).





          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

          Houston, Texas
          June 21, 1995<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 24


                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange  Commission ("Commission") under the Securities Exchange
          Act of  1934, as amended  ("Act"), an Annual Report  on Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1995  ("10-K"), with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such  10-K, and other documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as  the case may be, of the Company,
          does  hereby appoint JOHN R.  HUFF, T. JAY  COLLINS and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in his  name,  place and  stead  in  his capacity  as  a
          director, officer or both,  as the case  may be, of the  Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary  or incidental in connection  therewith and to file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and  purposes as the undersigned might or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 17th day of February, 1995.



                                             //S//                      
                                             D. Michael Hughes




                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission ("Commission") under the  Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"), an  Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1995 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K,  and other documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as the case may be,  of the Company,
          does  hereby appoint JOHN  R. HUFF, T. JAY  COLLINS and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in his  name,  place  and stead  in  his  capacity as  a
          director, officer or  both, as the case  may be, of the  Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental  in connection therewith and  to file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority  to do and perform in the  name and on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could  do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 17th day of February, 1995.



                                             //S//                      
                                             Gordon M. Anderson




                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission ("Commission")  under the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"),  an Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal year  ended March 31, 1995 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K, and  other documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or  officer or both, as the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby  appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  T. JAY COLLINS  and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and stead  in  his  capacity as  a
          director,  officer or both, as  the case may  be, of the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or  incidental in connection therewith and  to file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could  do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 17th day of February, 1995.



                                             //S//                      
                                             John R. Huff




                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission ("Commission") under the  Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"),  an Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal year  ended March 31, 1995 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to  such 10-K, and other documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as the case may be,  of the Company,
          does hereby  appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  T. JAY COLLINS  and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and stead  in  his  capacity as  a
          director,  officer or both, as  the case may  be, of the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental  in connection therewith and to  file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority  to do and perform in the  name and on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes  as the undersigned might or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 17th day of February, 1995.



                                             //S//                      
                                             David S. Hooker




                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission ("Commission")  under the Securities Exchange
          Act of  1934, as amended ("Act"),  an Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal year ended  March 31, 1995 ("10-K"), with any  and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to  such 10-K, and other documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or  officer or both, as the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby  appoint JOHN R.  HUFF, T. JAY COLLINS  and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in his  name,  place  and stead  in  his  capacity as  a
          director,  officer or both,  as the case may  be, of the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental in  connection therewith and to file  the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power  and authority to do and perform  in the name and on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do  in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 17th day of February, 1995.



                                             //S//                      
                                             Charles B. Evans


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
financial statements filed as part of the Company's 10-K and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1995
<CASH>                                          12,865
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   59,598
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,238
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                75,838
<PP&E>                                         228,870
<DEPRECIATION>                                 134,515
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 187,752
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           52,732
<BONDS>                                          9,472
<COMMON>                                         6,004
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                      99,136
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   187,752
<SALES>                                        239,936
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               239,936
<CGS>                                          190,772
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  190,772
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 695
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 12,510
<INCOME-TAX>                                     7,014
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              5,496
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     5,496
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .23
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .23
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission